Regenerate.

not in unions etc.

.cvsignore

@@ -11,3 +11,11 @@ patches
 releases
 *.flc
 autom4te.cache
+intl
+Makefile.in
+configure
+config.hin
+aclocal.m4
+ABOUT-NLS
+INSTALL
+COPYING

.project

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+patch_list='Bison Patches <[email protected]>'

HACKING

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+This file attempts to describe the rules to use when hacking Bison.
+Don't put this file into the distribution.  Don't mention it in the
+ChangeLog.
+
+Everything related to the development of Bison is on Savannah:
+
+	http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/bison/
+
+
+* Administrivia
+
+** If you incorporate a change from somebody on the net:
+First, if it is a large change, you must make sure they have signed
+the appropriate paperwork.  Second, be sure to add their name and
+email address to THANKS.
+
+** If a change fixes a test, mention the test in the ChangeLog entry.
+
+** Bug reports
+If somebody reports a new bug, mention his name in the ChangeLog entry
+and in the test case you write.  Put him into THANKS.
+
+The correct response to most actual bugs is to write a new test case
+which demonstrates the bug.  Then fix the bug, re-run the test suite,
+and check everything in.
+
+
+* Hacking
+
+** Visible changes
+Which include serious bug fixes, must be mentioned in NEWS.
+
+** Translations
+Only user visible strings are to be translated: error messages, bits
+of the .output file etc.  This excludes impossible error messages
+(comparable to assert/abort), and all the --trace output which is
+meant for the maintainers only.
+
+
+* Test suite
+
+** make check
+Use liberally.
+
+** Release checks
+Try to run the test suite with more severe conditions before a
+release:
+
+- Configure the package with --enable-gcc-warnings, so that one checks
+  that 1. Bison compiles cleanly, 2. the parsers it produces compile
+  cleanly too.
+
+- run `make maintainer-check' which:
+  - runs `valgrind -q bison' to run Bison under Valgrind.
+  - runs the parsers under Valgrind.
+  - runs the test suite with G++ as C compiler...
+
+- Change tests/atlocal/CFLAGS to add your preferred options.  For
+  instance, `-traditional' to check that the parsers are K&R.  Note
+  that it does not make sense for glr.c, which should be ANSI,
+  but currently is actually GNU C, nor for lalr1.cc, which anyway is
+  not exercised yet in the test suite.
+
+
+* Release Procedure
+
+** Tests
+See above.
+
+** Update the foreign files
+Running `make update' in the top level should make it all for you.
+This covers PO files too.  Beware that it happens that some PO files
+contain serious problems and are rejected by recent Gettext releases:
+fix them all, and complain to the Translation Project!
+
+Note that there might be *new* PO files.  Don't forget to update the
+whole machinery, which not only includes LINGUAS, but `cvs add'ing the
+PO files too.
+
+** Update NEWS
+The version number, *and* the date of the release (including for
+betas).
+
+** Update ChangeLog
+Should have an entry similar to `Version 1.49b.'.
+Check all this in once `make distcheck' passes.
+
+** make alpha
+Running `make alpha' is absolutely perfect for beta releases: it makes
+the tarballs, the xdeltas, and prepares (in /tmp/) a proto
+announcement.  It is so neat, that that's what I use anyway for
+genuine releases, but adjusting things by hand (e.g., the urls in the
+announcement file, the ChangeLog which is not needed etc.).
+
+If it fails, you're on your own...
+
+It requires GNU Make.
+
+** Upload
+Put the tarballs/xdeltas where they should be.  Or put it somewhere,
+and send the URL to [email protected].
+
+** Bump the version number
+In configure.ac.  Run `make', check this in.
+
+** Announce
+Complete/fix the announcement file, and send it at least to
+[email protected] (if a real release, or a ``serious beta''),
+[email protected], and [email protected].
+
+Send the same announcement on the comp.compilers newsgroup.  Do not
+make any Cc as the moderator will throw away anything cross-posted or
+Cc'ed.  It really needs to be a separate message.
+
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GNU Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.

INSTALL

@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-Basic Installation
-==================
-
-   These are generic installation instructions.
-
-   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
-various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
-those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
-It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
-definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
-you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
-`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
-reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
-(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
-
-   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
-to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
-diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
-be considered for the next release.  If at some point `config.cache'
-contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
-
-   The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
-called `autoconf'.  You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
-it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
-
-The simplest way to compile this package is:
-
-  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
-     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
-     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
-     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
-     `configure' itself.
-
-     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
-     messages telling which features it is checking for.
-
-  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
-
-  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
-     the package.
-
-  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
-     documentation.
-
-  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
-     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
-     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
-     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
-     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
-     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
-     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
-     with the distribution.
-
-Compilers and Options
-=====================
-
-   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
-the `configure' script does not know about.  You can give `configure'
-initial values for variables by setting them in the environment.  Using
-a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
-this:
-     CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
-
-Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
-     env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
-
-Compiling For Multiple Architectures
-====================================
-
-   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
-same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
-own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
-supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
-directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
-the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
-source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
-
-   If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
-variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
-in the source code directory.  After you have installed the package for
-one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
-architecture.
-
-Installation Names
-==================
-
-   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
-`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
-installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
-option `--prefix=PATH'.
-
-   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
-architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
-give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
-PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
-Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
-
-   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
-options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
-kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
-you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
-
-   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
-with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
-option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
-
-Optional Features
-=================
-
-   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
-`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
-They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
-is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
-`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
-package recognizes.
-
-   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
-find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
-you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
-`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
-
-Specifying the System Type
-==========================
-
-   There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
-automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
-will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
-a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
-`--host=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
-type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
-     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
-
-See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
-`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
-need to know the host type.
-
-   If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
-use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
-produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
-system on which you are compiling the package.
-
-Sharing Defaults
-================
-
-   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
-you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
-default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
-`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
-`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
-`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
-A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
-
-Operation Controls
-==================
-
-   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
-operates.
-
-`--cache-file=FILE'
-     Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
-     `./config.cache'.  Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
-     debugging `configure'.
-
-`--help'
-     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
-
-`--quiet'
-`--silent'
-`-q'
-     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
-     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
-     messages will still be shown).
-
-`--srcdir=DIR'
-     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
-     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
-
-`--version'
-     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
-     script, and exit.
-
-`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.

Makefile.am

@@ -1,14 +1,30 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.5 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
 
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
 
-SUBDIRS = config intl po lib src doc m4 tests
+SUBDIRS = config po lib data src doc m4 tests
 
-EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES configure.bat OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
+EXTRA_DIST = REFERENCES OChangeLog Makefile.maint GNUmakefile
-
-DISTCLEANFILES = intl/libintl.h
 
+.PHONY: maintainer-check
+maintainer-check:
+	cd tests && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) $@
 
 ## ---------------------------- ##
 ## Customizing Makefile.maint.  ##
@@ -19,9 +35,8 @@ prev_version_file = $(srcdir)/config/prev-version.txt
 release_archive_dir = releases
 
 # Uploading betas.
-hosts = alpha
+url_dir_list = \
-alpha_host = alpha.gnu.org
+  ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/bison
-alpha_url_dir = gnu/bison
 
 # Files to update automatically.
 wget_files = $(srcdir)/config/config.guess $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \

Makefile.maint

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 # This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils,
 # CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.
 
-## Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 ##
 ## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 ## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -43,6 +43,237 @@ release_archive_dir ?= ../release
 
 
 
+## --------------- ##
+## Sanity checks.  ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# Checks that don't require cvs.
+# Run `changelog-check' last, as previous test may reveal problems requiring
+# new ChangeLog entries.
+local-check = \
+  po-check copyright-check writable-files m4-check author_mark_check \
+  changelog-check strftime-check header-check
+.PHONY: $(local-check)
+
+# Make sure C source files in src/ don't include xalloc.h directly,
+# since they all already include it via sys2.h.
+# It's not a big deal -- just aesthetics.
+header-check:
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/src/sys2.h; then				\
+	  if grep 'xalloc\.h' $(srcdir)/src/*.c; then			\
+	    exit 1;							\
+	  fi;								\
+	fi
+
+# Ensure that date's --help output stays in sync with the info
+# documentation for GNU strftime.  The only exception is %N,
+# which date accepts but GNU strftime does not.
+extract_char = sed 's/^[^%][^%]*%\(.\).*/\1/'
+strftime-check:
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/src/date.c; then				\
+	  grep '^  %.  ' $(srcdir)/src/date.c | sort			\
+	    | $(extract_char) > $@-src;					\
+	  { echo N;							\
+	    info libc date calendar format | grep '^    `%.'\'		\
+	      | $(extract_char); } | sort > $@-info;			\
+	  diff -u $@-src $@-info || exit 1;				\
+	  rm -f $@-src $@-info;						\
+	fi
+
+changelog-check:
+	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+m4-check:
+	@grep 'AC_DEFUN([^[]' m4/*.m4 \
+	  && { echo 'Makefile.maint: quote the first arg to AC_DEFUN' 1>&2; \
+	       exit 1; } || :
+
+# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
+po-check:
+	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
+	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
+	  files=; \
+	  for file in lib/*.[chly] src/*.[chly]; do \
+	    case $$file in \
+	    *.[ch]) \
+	      base=`expr " $$file" : ' \(.*\)\..'`; \
+	      { test -f $$base.l || test -f $$base.y; } && continue;; \
+	    esac; \
+	    files="$$files $$file"; \
+	  done; \
+	  grep -E -l '\bN?_\([^)"]*("|$$)' $$files | sort > $@-2; \
+	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
+	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
+	fi
+
+# In a definition of #define AUTHORS "... and ..." where the RHS contains
+# the English word `and', the string must be marked with `N_ (...)' so that
+# gettext recognizes it as a string requiring translation.
+author_mark_check:
+	@grep '^# *define AUTHORS "[^"]* and ' src/*.c |grep -v ' N_ (' && \
+	  { echo 'Makefile.maint: enclose the above strings in N_ (...)' 1>&2; \
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
+# Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
+writable-files:
+	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
+	  mkdir $(release_archive_dir);					\
+	fi
+	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(distdir).tar.gz		\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(xd-delta); do		\
+	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
+	  test -w $$file						\
+	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
+
+v_etc_file = lib/version-etc.c
+# Make sure that the copyright date in $(v_etc_file) is up to date.
+copyright-check:
+	@if test -f $(v_etc_file); then \
+	  grep '"Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' $(v_etc_file) \
+	    >/dev/null \
+	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $(v_etc_file); update it' 1>&2; \
+	       exit 1; }; \
+	fi
+
+
+# Sanity checks with the CVS repository.
+cvs-tag-check:
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if $(CVS) -n log -h README | grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): >/dev/null; then \
+	  echo "$(this-cvs-tag) as already been used; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	else :; fi
+
+cvs-diff-check:
+	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
+	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
+	else						  	\
+	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
+	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
+	  exit 1;						\
+	fi
+
+cvs-check: cvs-diff-check cvs-tag-check
+
+maintainer-distcheck: changelog-check
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+
+
+# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
+# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
+cvs-dist: $(local-check) cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
+	$(CVS) update po
+	$(CVS) tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
+	$(MAKE) dist
+
+# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
+# from a virgin tgz file, below.
+null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
+  ACLOCAL=false \
+  AUTOCONF=false \
+  AUTOMAKE=false \
+  AUTOHEADER=false \
+  MAKEINFO=false
+
+# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
+# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
+# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
+# treated as a failure.
+t=./=test
+my-distcheck: $(local-check)
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	mkdir $(t)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"
+
+tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+xdelta-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
+xdelta-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
+bz2-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
+xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/\([MkK]\).*/ \1B/')
+
+rel-check:
+	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
+	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
+	set -e; \
+	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
+	wget -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
+	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
+
+prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
+xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
+
+news-r1 = /^[^ ].*$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
+news-r2 = /^[^ ].*$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/
+
+rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
+	@( \
+	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures:"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(xdelta-md5)  $(xd-delta)"; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(xdelta-sha1)  $(xd-delta)"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo NEWS:; \
+	  sed -n "$(news-r1),$(news-r2)p" NEWS \
+	    | grep -v '^\['; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
+	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
+	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
+	)
+
+
 ## ---------------- ##
 ## Updating files.  ##
 ## ---------------- ##
@@ -53,6 +284,16 @@ ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
 # Use mv, if you don't have/want move-if-change.
 move_if_change ?= move-if-change
 
+
+# --------------------- #
+# Updating everything.  #
+# --------------------- #
+
+.PHONY: update
+local_updates ?= wget-update cvs-update po-update
+update: $(local_updates)
+
+
 # ------------------- #
 # Updating PO files.  #
 # ------------------- #
@@ -80,10 +321,11 @@ po-update:
 # The following pseudo table associates a local directory and a URL
 # with each of the files that belongs to some other package and is
 # regularly updated from the specified URL.
-wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config.guess $(srcdir)/config.sub \
+wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config/config.guess \
+              $(srcdir)/config/config.sub \
               $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c \
-	      $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+	      $(srcdir)/config/texinfo.tex
-wget-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
+get-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
 
 config.guess-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
 config.sub-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
@@ -98,235 +340,31 @@ make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
 target = $(patsubst get-%, %, $@)
 url = $($(notdir $(target))-url_prefix)$(notdir $(target))
 
-.PHONY: $(wget-targets)
+.PHONY: $(get-targets)
-$(wget-targets):
+$(get-targets):
 	$(WGET) $(url) -O $(target).t \
 	  && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target)
 
+cvs_files ?= $(srcdir)/config/depcomp $(srcdir)/config/missing $(srcdir)/config/mkinstalldirs \
+             $(srcdir)/config/install-sh $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c
+automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs:[email protected]:/cvs/automake
 .PHONY: wget-update
-wget-update: $(wget-targets)
+wget-update: $(get-targets)
-
-
-# Updating tools via CVS.
-cvs_files ?= depcomp missing
-cvs-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(cvs_files))
-
-automake_repo = :pserver:[email protected]:/cvs/automake
-.PHONY: $(cvs-targets)
-$(cvs-targets):
-	$(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$(notdir $(target)) \
-	  >$(target).t \
-	    && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target);
 
 .PHONY: cvs-update
-cvs-update: $(cvs-targets)
+cvs-update:
+	for f in $(cvs_files); do				      \
+	  test -f $$f || { echo "*** skipping $$f" 1>&2; continue; }; \
+	  file=`basename $$f`;					      \
+	  echo checking out $$file...;				      \
+	  $(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$$file> $$f.t \
+	    && $(move_if_change) $$f.t $$f;			      \
+	done
 
-
+define emit-upload-commands
-# --------------------- #
-# Updating everything.  #
-# --------------------- #
-
-.PHONY: update
-update: wget-update cvs-update po-update
-
-
-
-## --------------- ##
-## Sanity checks.  ##
-## --------------- ##
-
-# Checks that don't require cvs.  Run `changelog-check' last as
-# previous test may reveal problems requiring new ChangeLog entries.
-local-check: po-check copyright-check writable-files changelog-check
-
-changelog-check:
-	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
-	  :; \
-	else \
-	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	fi
-
-# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
-po-check:
-	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
-	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
-	  grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2; \
-	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
-	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
-	fi
-
-# Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
-writable-files:
-	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
-	  mkdir $(release_archive_dir);					\
-	fi
-	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
-	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(distdir).tar.gz		\
-	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(xd-delta); do		\
-	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
-	  test -w $$file						\
-	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
-	done;								\
-	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
-
-# Make sure that the copyright date in lib/version-etc.c is up to date.
-copyright-check:
-	@if test -f lib/version-etc.c; then \
-	  grep 'N_("Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' lib/version-etc.c \
-	    >/dev/null \
-	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $<; update it' 1>&2; exit 1; }; \
-	fi
-
-
-# Sanity checks with the CVS repository.
-cvs-tag-check:
-	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
-	if $(CVS) -n log -h README | grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): >/dev/null; then \
-	  echo "$(this-cvs-tag) as already been used; not tagging" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	else :; fi
-
-cvs-diff-check:
-	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
-	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
-	else						  	\
-	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
-	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
-	  exit 1;						\
-	fi
-
-cvs-check: cvs-diff-check cvs-tag-check
-
-maintainer-distcheck: changelog-check
-	$(MAKE) distcheck
-	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
-
-
-
-## -------------- ##
-## Making dists.  ##
-## -------------- ##
-
-
-# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
-# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
-# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
-cvs-dist: local-check cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
-	$(CVS) update po
-	$(CVS) tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
-	$(MAKE) dist
-
-# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
-# from a virgin tgz file, below.
-null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
-  ACLOCAL=false \
-  AUTOCONF=false \
-  AUTOM4TE=false \
-  AUTOMAKE=false \
-  AUTOHEADER=false \
-  MAKEINFO=false
-
-# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
-# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
-# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
-# treated as a failure.
-t=./=test
-my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
-	-rm -rf $(t)
-	mkdir $(t)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
-	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
-	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
-	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
-	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
-	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
-	  && $(MAKE) check \
-	  && $(MAKE) distclean
-	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
-	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
-	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
-	-rm -rf $(t)
-	@echo "========================"; \
-	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
-	echo "========================"
-
-# This must be the same name on both hosts.
-# Make it a symlink that points to the right place.
-real_dir = fetish-ftp
-
-url_dir_list = $(foreach x,$(hosts),ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
-
-tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
-tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
-bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
-bz2-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
-tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
-bz2-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
-xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
-
-rel-check:
-	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
-	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
-	set -e; \
-	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
-	$(WGET) -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
-	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
-	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
-
-prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
-xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
-
-GZIP = gzip
-BZIP2 = bzip2
-$(my_distdir).tar.bz2: $(my_distdir).tar.gz
-	$(GZIP) -dc $< > $(my_distdir).tar
-	rm -f $@
-	$(BZIP2) -9 $(my_distdir).tar
-
-rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
-announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
-	@( \
-	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
-	  echo; \
-	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
-	  done; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
-	  echo; \
-	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
-	  done; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the compressed tar files:"; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
-	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
-	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
-	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo NEWS:; \
-	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/p" NEWS \
-	    | grep -v '^\['; \
-	  echo; \
-	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
-	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
-	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
-	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
-	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
-	)
-
-define emit-rsync-commands
 	echo =====================================
 	echo =====================================
-	echo 'for host in $(a_host) $(b_host); do \'
+	echo upload $(PACKAGE) $(PREV_VERSION) $(VERSION)
-	echo '  rsync -e ssh --pro -av $(xd-delta) $(my_distdir).tar.bz2 \'
-	echo '    $(my_distdir).tar.gz $$host:$(real_dir); done'
 	echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
 	echo =====================================
 	echo =====================================
@@ -335,7 +373,7 @@ endef
 $(xd-delta): $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz
 	xdelta delta -9 $^ $@ || :
 
-alpha:
+alpha: $(local-check)
 	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
 	$(MAKE) $(xd-delta)
 	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
@@ -343,4 +381,4 @@ alpha:
 	chmod a-w $(rel-files)
 	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
 	$(CVS) ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
-	@$(emit-rsync-commands)
+	@$(emit-upload-commands)

NEWS

@@ -1,20 +1,419 @@
 Bison News
 ----------
 
-Changes in version 1.29d:
+Changes in version 1.875, 2003-01-01:
 
-* `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optionnal argument which is the
+* The documentation license has been upgraded to version 1.2
-  output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change, they do not take any
+  of the GNU Free Documentation License.
+
+* syntax error processing
+
+  - In Yacc-style parsers YYLLOC_DEFAULT is now used to compute error
+    locations too.  This fixes bugs in error-location computation.
+
+  - %destructor
+    It is now possible to reclaim the memory associated to symbols
+    discarded during error recovery.  This feature is still experimental.
+
+  - %error-verbose
+    This new directive is preferred over YYERROR_VERBOSE.
+
+  - #defining yyerror to steal internal variables is discouraged.
+    It is not guaranteed to work forever.
+
+* POSIX conformance
+
+  - Semicolons are once again optional at the end of grammar rules.
+    This reverts to the behavior of Bison 1.33 and earlier, and improves
+    compatibility with Yacc.
+
+  - `parse error' -> `syntax error'
+    Bison now uniformly uses the term `syntax error'; formerly, the code
+    and manual sometimes used the term `parse error' instead.  POSIX
+    requires `syntax error' in diagnostics, and it was thought better to
+    be consistent.
+
+  - The documentation now emphasizes that yylex and yyerror must be
+    declared before use.  C99 requires this.
+
+  - Bison now parses C99 lexical constructs like UCNs and
+    backslash-newline within C escape sequences, as POSIX 1003.1-2001 requires.
+
+  - File names are properly escaped in C output.  E.g., foo\bar.y is
+    output as "foo\\bar.y".
+
+  - Yacc command and library now available
+    The Bison distribution now installs a `yacc' command, as POSIX requires.
+    Also, Bison now installs a small library liby.a containing
+    implementations of Yacc-compatible yyerror and main functions.
+    This library is normally not useful, but POSIX requires it.
+
+  - Type clashes now generate warnings, not errors.
+
+  - If the user does not define YYSTYPE as a macro, Bison now declares it
+    using typedef instead of defining it as a macro.
+    For consistency, YYLTYPE is also declared instead of defined.
+
+* Other compatibility issues
+
+  - %union directives can now have a tag before the `{', e.g., the
+    directive `%union foo {...}' now generates the C code
+    `typedef union foo { ... } YYSTYPE;'; this is for Yacc compatibility.
+    The default union tag is `YYSTYPE', for compatibility with Solaris 9 Yacc.
+    For consistency, YYLTYPE's struct tag is now `YYLTYPE' not `yyltype'.
+    This is for compatibility with both Yacc and Bison 1.35.
+
+  - `;' is output before the terminating `}' of an action, for
+    compatibility with Bison 1.35.
+
+  - Bison now uses a Yacc-style format for conflict reports, e.g.,
+    `conflicts: 2 shift/reduce, 1 reduce/reduce'.
+
+  - `yystype' and `yyltype' are now obsolescent macros instead of being
+    typedefs or tags; they are no longer documented and are planned to be
+    withdrawn in a future release.
+
+* GLR parser notes
+
+  - GLR and inline
+    Users of Bison have to decide how they handle the portability of the
+    C keyword `inline'.
+
+  - `parsing stack overflow...' -> `parser stack overflow'
+    GLR parsers now report `parser stack overflow' as per the Bison manual.
+
+* Bison now warns if it detects conflicting outputs to the same file,
+  e.g., it generates a warning for `bison -d -o foo.h foo.y' since
+  that command outputs both code and header to foo.h.
+
+* #line in output files
+  - --no-line works properly.
+
+* Bison can no longer be built by a K&R C compiler; it requires C89 or
+  later to be built.  This change originally took place a few versions
+  ago, but nobody noticed until we recently asked someone to try
+  building Bison with a K&R C compiler.
+
+Changes in version 1.75, 2002-10-14:
+
+* Bison should now work on 64-bit hosts.
+
+* Indonesian translation thanks to Tedi Heriyanto.
+
+* GLR parsers
+  Fix spurious parse errors.
+
+* Pure parsers
+  Some people redefine yyerror to steal yyparse' private variables.
+  Reenable this trick until an official feature replaces it.
+
+* Type Clashes
+  In agreement with POSIX and with other Yaccs, leaving a default
+  action is valid when $$ is untyped, and $1 typed:
+
+	untyped: ... typed;
+
+  but the converse remains an error:
+
+	typed: ... untyped;
+
+* Values of mid-rule actions
+  The following code:
+
+	foo: { ... } { $$ = $1; } ...
+
+  was incorrectly rejected: $1 is defined in the second mid-rule
+  action, and is equal to the $$ of the first mid-rule action.
+
+Changes in version 1.50, 2002-10-04:
+
+* GLR parsing
+  The declaration
+     %glr-parser
+  causes Bison to produce a Generalized LR (GLR) parser, capable of handling
+  almost any context-free grammar, ambiguous or not.  The new declarations
+  %dprec and %merge on grammar rules allow parse-time resolution of
+  ambiguities.  Contributed by Paul Hilfinger.
+
+  Unfortunately Bison 1.50 does not work properly on 64-bit hosts
+  like the Alpha, so please stick to 32-bit hosts for now.
+
+* Output Directory
+  When not in Yacc compatibility mode, when the output file was not
+  specified, running `bison foo/bar.y' created `foo/bar.c'.  It
+  now creates `bar.c'.
+
+* Undefined token
+  The undefined token was systematically mapped to 2 which prevented
+  the use of 2 by the user.  This is no longer the case.
+
+* Unknown token numbers
+  If yylex returned an out of range value, yyparse could die.  This is
+  no longer the case.
+
+* Error token
+  According to POSIX, the error token must be 256.
+  Bison extends this requirement by making it a preference: *if* the
+  user specified that one of her tokens is numbered 256, then error
+  will be mapped onto another number.
+
+* Verbose error messages
+  They no longer report `..., expecting error or...' for states where
+  error recovery is possible.
+
+* End token
+  Defaults to `$end' instead of `$'.
+
+* Error recovery now conforms to documentation and to POSIX
+  When a Bison-generated parser encounters a syntax error, it now pops
+  the stack until it finds a state that allows shifting the error
+  token.  Formerly, it popped the stack until it found a state that
+  allowed some non-error action other than a default reduction on the
+  error token.  The new behavior has long been the documented behavior,
+  and has long been required by POSIX.  For more details, please see
+  <http://mail.gnu.org/pipermail/bug-bison/2002-May/001452.html>.
+
+* Traces
+  Popped tokens and nonterminals are now reported.
+
+* Larger grammars
+  Larger grammars are now supported (larger token numbers, larger grammar
+  size (= sum of the LHS and RHS lengths), larger LALR tables).
+  Formerly, many of these numbers ran afoul of 16-bit limits;
+  now these limits are 32 bits on most hosts.
+
+* Explicit initial rule
+  Bison used to play hacks with the initial rule, which the user does
+  not write.  It is now explicit, and visible in the reports and
+  graphs as rule 0.
+
+* Useless rules
+  Before, Bison reported the useless rules, but, although not used,
+  included them in the parsers.  They are now actually removed.
+
+* Useless rules, useless nonterminals
+  They are now reported, as a warning, with their locations.
+
+* Rules never reduced
+  Rules that can never be reduced because of conflicts are now
+  reported.
+
+* Incorrect `Token not used'
+  On a grammar such as
+
+           %token useless useful
+           %%
+           exp: '0' %prec useful;
+
+  where a token was used to set the precedence of the last rule,
+  bison reported both `useful' and `useless' as useless tokens.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31
+  as they caused too many portability hassles.
+
+* Default locations
+  By an accident of design, the default computation of @$ was
+  performed after another default computation was performed: @$ = @1.
+  The latter is now removed: YYLLOC_DEFAULT is fully responsible of
+  the computation of @$.
+
+* Token end-of-file
+  The token end of file may be specified by the user, in which case,
+  the user symbol is used in the reports, the graphs, and the verbose
+  error messages instead of `$end', which remains being the default.
+  For instance
+     %token MYEOF 0
+  or
+     %token MYEOF 0 "end of file"
+
+* Semantic parser
+  This old option, which has been broken for ages, is removed.
+
+* New translations
+  Brazilian Portuguese, thanks to Alexandre Folle de Menezes.
+  Croatian, thanks to Denis Lackovic.
+
+* Incorrect token definitions
+  When given `%token 'a' "A"', Bison used to output `#define 'a' 65'.
+
+* Token definitions as enums
+  Tokens are output both as the traditional #define's, and, provided
+  the compiler supports ANSI C or is a C++ compiler, as enums.
+  This lets debuggers display names instead of integers.
+
+* Reports
+  In addition to --verbose, bison supports --report=THINGS, which
+  produces additional information:
+  - itemset
+    complete the core item sets with their closure
+  - lookahead
+    explicitly associate lookaheads to items
+  - solved
+    describe shift/reduce conflicts solving.
+    Bison used to systematically output this information on top of
+    the report.  Solved conflicts are now attached to their states.
+
+* Type clashes
+  Previous versions don't complain when there is a type clash on
+  the default action if the rule has a mid-rule action, such as in:
+
+      %type <foo> bar
+      %%
+      bar: '0' {} '0';
+
+  This is fixed.
+
+* GNU M4 is now required when using Bison.
+
+Changes in version 1.35, 2002-03-25:
+
+* C Skeleton
+  Some projects use Bison's C parser with C++ compilers, and define
+  YYSTYPE as a class.  The recent adjustment of C parsers for data
+  alignment and 64 bit architectures made this impossible.
+
+  Because for the time being no real solution for C++ parser
+  generation exists, kludges were implemented in the parser to
+  maintain this use.  In the future, when Bison has C++ parsers, this
+  kludge will be disabled.
+
+  This kludge also addresses some C++ problems when the stack was
+  extended.
+
+Changes in version 1.34, 2002-03-12:
+
+* File name clashes are detected
+  $ bison foo.y -d -o foo.x
+  fatal error: header and parser would both be named `foo.x'
+
+* A missing `;' at the end of a rule triggers a warning
+  In accordance with POSIX, and in agreement with other
+  Yacc implementations, Bison will mandate this semicolon in the near
+  future.  This eases the implementation of a Bison parser of Bison
+  grammars by making this grammar LALR(1) instead of LR(2).  To
+  facilitate the transition, this release introduces a warning.
+
+* Revert the C++ namespace changes introduced in 1.31, as they caused too
+  many portability hassles.
+
+* DJGPP support added.
+
+* Fix test suite portability problems.
+
+Changes in version 1.33, 2002-02-07:
+
+* Fix C++ issues
+  Groff could not be compiled for the definition of size_t was lacking
+  under some conditions.
+
+* Catch invalid @n
+  As is done with $n.
+
+Changes in version 1.32, 2002-01-23:
+
+* Fix Yacc output file names
+
+* Portability fixes
+
+* Italian, Dutch translations
+
+Changes in version 1.31, 2002-01-14:
+
+* Many Bug Fixes
+
+* GNU Gettext and %expect
+  GNU Gettext asserts 10 s/r conflicts, but there are 7.  Now that
+  Bison dies on incorrect %expectations, we fear there will be
+  too many bug reports for Gettext, so _for the time being_, %expect
+  does not trigger an error when the input file is named `plural.y'.
+
+* Use of alloca in parsers
+  If YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA is defined to 0, then the parsers will use
+  malloc exclusively.  Since 1.29, but was not NEWS'ed.
+
+  alloca is used only when compiled with GCC, to avoid portability
+  problems as on AIX.
+
+* When the generated parser lacks debugging code, YYDEBUG is now 0
+  (as POSIX requires) instead of being undefined.
+
+* User Actions
+  Bison has always permitted actions such as { $$ = $1 }: it adds the
+  ending semicolon.  Now if in Yacc compatibility mode, the semicolon
+  is no longer output: one has to write { $$ = $1; }.
+
+* Better C++ compliance
+  The output parsers try to respect C++ namespaces.
+  [This turned out to be a failed experiment, and it was reverted later.]
+
+* Reduced Grammars
+  Fixed bugs when reporting useless nonterminals.
+
+* 64 bit hosts
+  The parsers work properly on 64 bit hosts.
+
+* Error messages
+  Some calls to strerror resulted in scrambled or missing error messages.
+
+* %expect
+  When the number of shift/reduce conflicts is correct, don't issue
+  any warning.
+
+* The verbose report includes the rule line numbers.
+
+* Rule line numbers are fixed in traces.
+
+* Swedish translation
+
+* Parse errors
+  Verbose parse error messages from the parsers are better looking.
+  Before: parse error: unexpected `'/'', expecting `"number"' or `'-'' or `'(''
+     Now: parse error: unexpected '/', expecting "number" or '-' or '('
+
+* Fixed parser memory leaks.
+  When the generated parser was using malloc to extend its stacks, the
+  previous allocations were not freed.
+
+* Fixed verbose output file.
+  Some newlines were missing.
+  Some conflicts in state descriptions were missing.
+
+* Fixed conflict report.
+  Option -v was needed to get the result.
+
+* %expect
+  Was not used.
+  Mismatches are errors, not warnings.
+
+* Fixed incorrect processing of some invalid input.
+
+* Fixed CPP guards: 9foo.h uses BISON_9FOO_H instead of 9FOO_H.
+
+* Fixed some typos in the documentation.
+
+* %token MY_EOF 0 is supported.
+  Before, MY_EOF was silently renumbered as 257.
+
+* doc/refcard.tex is updated.
+
+* %output, %file-prefix, %name-prefix.
+  New.
+
+* --output
+  New, aliasing `--output-file'.
+
+Changes in version 1.30, 2001-10-26:
+
+* `--defines' and `--graph' have now an optional argument which is the
+  output file name. `-d' and `-g' do not change; they do not take any
   argument.
 
 * `%source_extension' and `%header_extension' are removed, failed
   experiment.
 
-* The test suite is more portable.
+* Portability fixes.
-
+
-* Better portability.
+Changes in version 1.29, 2001-09-07:
-
-Changes in version 1.29:
 
 * The output file does not define const, as this caused problems when used
   with common autoconfiguration schemes.  If you still use ancient compilers
@@ -45,8 +444,11 @@ Changes in version 1.29:
 * New directives.
   `%yacc', `%fixed_output_files', `%defines', `%no_parser', `%verbose',
   `%debug', `%source_extension' and `%header_extension'.
+
+* @$
+  Automatic location tracking.
 
-Changes in version 1.28:
+Changes in version 1.28, 1999-07-06:
 
 * Should compile better now with K&R compilers.
 
@@ -78,7 +480,7 @@ Changes in version 1.26:
 * Generated parsers should now work even on operating systems which do
   not provide alloca().
 
-Changes in version 1.25:
+Changes in version 1.25, 1995-10-16:
 
 * Errors in the input grammar are not fatal; Bison keeps reading
 the grammar file, and reports all the errors found in it.
@@ -119,3 +521,29 @@ Changes in version 1.22:
 Changes in version 1.20:
 
 Output file does not redefine const for C++.
+
+Local Variables:
+mode: outline
+End:
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with autoconf; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

README-alpha

@@ -15,3 +15,24 @@ not ready for full scale use.  Because it is not fully functional, if
 you distribute this package, we will be buried under bug reports from
 panicked users.  We don't have time to spend on this, and nor do the
 users.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

README-cvs

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+These notes intend to help people working on the CVS versions of
+Bison.
+
+* Requirements
+
+Only the sources are installed in the CVS repository (to ease the
+maintenance, merges etc.), therefore you will have to the maintainer
+tools we depend upon:
+
+- Automake 1.7
+
+- Autoconf 2.54
+
+- Gettext 0.11.5
+
+Only building the initial full source tree will be a bit painful,
+later, a plain `cvs update -P & make' should be sufficient.
+
+* First CVS checkout
+
+Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to check out
+Bison from CVS.  For the records, you will find all the relevant
+information on:
+
+	http://savannah.gnu.org/cvs/?group_id=56
+
+The next step is asking the installation of all the missing files:
+
+	$ ./bootstrap
+
+And there you are!  Just
+
+	$ ./configure && make && make check
+
+At this point, there should be no difference between your local copy,
+and the CVS master copy:
+
+	$ cvs diff
+
+should output no difference, except maybe the date in po/*.po files.
+
+Enjoy!
+
+* Troubleshooting
+
+Unfortunately the current Gettext still does not include all the
+needed tools so that the bootstrapping always perform successfully.
+
+If you experience problems, I suggest the following:
+
+1. Do a regular CVS checkout
+
+2. Fetch a recent tarball in:
+   http://www.lrde.epita.fr/~akim/download/
+
+3. Extract it
+
+4. Override the content of your checkout with the content of this
+   tarball, i.e.:
+   cp -r bison-1.49b/* bison-cvs
+
+5. Proceed on ./configure && make etc.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

THANKS

@@ -1,27 +1,68 @@
 Bison was originally written by Robert Corbett.  It would not be what
 it is today without the invaluable help of these people:
 
-Akim Demaille           akim@epita.fr
+Airy Andre                Airy.Andre@edf.fr
+Akim Demaille             [email protected]
 Albert Chin-A-Young       [email protected]
 Alexander Belopolsky      [email protected]
+Andreas Schwab            [email protected]
+Arnold Robbins            [email protected]
+Art Haas                  [email protected]
+Benoit Perrot             [email protected]
+Bert Deknuydt             [email protected]
+Bruce Lilly               [email protected]
+Charles-Henri de Boysson  [email protected]
+Cris Bailiff              [email protected]
+Cris van Pelt             [email protected]
 Daniel Hagerty            [email protected]
 David J. MacKenzie        [email protected]
+Dick Streefland           [email protected]
+Enrico Scholz             [email protected]
+Evgeny Stambulchik        [email protected]
 Fabrice Bauzac            [email protected]
+Florian Krohm             [email protected]
+H. Merijn Brand           [email protected]
 Hans Aberg                [email protected]
+Jan Nieuwenhuizen         [email protected]
 Jesse Thilo               [email protected]
-Jim Meyering            [email protected]
+Jim Kent                  [email protected]
+Jim Meyering              [email protected]
 Juan Manuel Guerrero      [email protected]
+Kees Zeelenberg           [email protected]
 Keith Browne              [email protected]
 Laurent Mascherpa         [email protected]
+Magnus Fromreide          [email protected]
 Marc Autret               [email protected]
+Martin Mokrejs            [email protected]
+Matt Kraai                [email protected]
+Matt Rosing               [email protected]
+Michael Hayes             [email protected]
+Mike Castle               [email protected]
 Neil Booth                [email protected]
+Nelson H. F. Beebe        [email protected]
+Nicolas Burrus            [email protected]
+Nicolas Tisserand         [email protected]
 Noah Friedman             [email protected]
 Pascal Bart               [email protected]
 Paul Eggert               [email protected]
+Paul Hilfinger            [email protected]
+Per Allansson             [email protected]
+Peter Hámorský            [email protected]
 Piotr Gackiewicz          [email protected]
+Quoc Peyrot               [email protected]
+R Blake                   [email protected]
+Raja R Harinath           [email protected]
 Richard Stallman          [email protected]
 Robert Anisko             [email protected]
 Shura                     [email protected]
+Tim Josling               [email protected]
+Tim Van Holder            [email protected]
+Tom Lane                  [email protected]
+Tom Tromey                [email protected]
+Wayne Green               [email protected]
+Wolfram Wagner            [email protected]
+Wwp                       [email protected]
+Zack Weinberg             [email protected]
 
 Many people are not named here because we lost track of them.  We
 thank them!  Please, help us keeping this list up to date.

TODO

@@ -1,28 +1,344 @@
 -*- outline -*-
 
-* src/reader.c
+* Header guards
-Complete parse_skel_decl () with parse_dquoted_param ().	[]
-Check and cleanup for CPP-out code.	[]
 
-* src/output.c
+From Franc,ois: should we keep the directory part in the CPP guard?
-Synchronize `#line' directive with user file.	[ok]
 
-Cleanup dirty CPP-out code.	[]
-** Output sub-skeleton files.	[]
-Useful for %no_parser.	[]
-*** New skeleton.	[]
 
-* src/getargs.c src/lex.c
+* Yacc.c: CPP Macros
-Synchronize percent and command line options.	[ok]
 
-* src/macrotab.[ch]
+Do some people use YYPURE, YYLSP_NEEDED like we do in the test suite?
-Removing warnings when compiling. (gcc-warnings).	[ok]
+They should not: it is not documented.  But if they need to, let's
+find something clean (not like YYLSP_NEEDED...).
+
+
+* URGENT: Documenting C++ output
+Write a first documentation for C++ output.
+
+
+* Documentation
+Before releasing, make sure the documentation ("Understanding your
+parser") refers to the current `output' format.
+
+
+* GLR & C++
+Currently, the GLR parser cannot compile with a C++ compiler.
+
+
+* Report
+
+**  GLR
+How would Paul like to display the conflicted actions?  In particular,
+what when two reductions are possible on a given lookahead, but one is
+part of $default.  Should we make the two reductions explicit, or just
+keep $default?  See the following point.
+
+** Disabled Reductions
+See `tests/conflicts.at (Defaulted Conflicted Reduction)', and decide
+what we want to do.
+
+** Documentation
+Extend with error productions.  The hard part will probably be finding
+the right rule so that a single state does not exhibit too many yet
+undocumented ``features''.  Maybe an empty action ought to be
+presented too.  Shall we try to make a single grammar with all these
+features, or should we have several very small grammars?
+
+** --report=conflict-path
+Provide better assistance for understanding the conflicts by providing
+a sample text exhibiting the (LALR) ambiguity.  See the paper from
+DeRemer and Penello: they already provide the algorithm.
+
+
+* Extensions
+
+** %destructor
+I think we should document it as experimental, and allow its use in
+the next releases.  But we also need to port it to GLR.  What about
+lalr1.cc?  Well, read what Hans reported, maybe we don't want
+%detructor.  On the other hand, there is no reason not to provide it:
+users can avoid its use.
+
+** $foo
+Have a look at the Lemon parser generator: instead of $1, $2 etc. they
+can name the values.  This is much more pleasant.  For instance:
+
+       exp (res): exp (a) '+' exp (b) { $res = $a + $b; };
+
+I love this.  I have been bitten too often by the removal of the
+symbol, and forgetting to shift all the $n to $n-1.  If you are
+unlucky, it compiles...
+
+** $-1
+We should find a means to provide an access to values deep in the
+stack.  For instance, instead of
+
+	baz: qux { $$ = $<foo>-1 + $<bar>0 + $1; }
+
+we should be able to have:
+
+  foo($foo) bar($bar) baz($bar): qux($qux) { $baz = $foo + $bar + $qux; }
+
+Or something like this.
+
+
+** yysymprint interface
+It should be improved, in particular when using Bison features such as
+locations, and YYPARSE_PARAMS.  For the time being, it is almost
+recommended to yyprint to steal internal variables...
+
+** Several %unions
+I think this is a pleasant (but useless currently) feature, but in the
+future, I want a means to %include other bits of grammars, and _then_
+it will be important for the various bits to define their needs in
+%union.
+
+When implementing multiple-%union support, bare the following in mind:
+
+- when --yacc, this must be flagged as an error.  Don't make it fatal
+  though.
+
+- The #line must now appear *inside* the definition of yystype.
+  Something like
+
+	{
+	#line 12 "foo.y"
+	  int ival;
+	#line 23 "foo.y"
+	  char *sval;
+	}
+
+** %if and the like
+It should be possible to have %if/%else/%endif.  The implementation is
+not clear: should it be lexical or syntactic.  Vadim Maslow thinks it
+must be in the scanner: we must not parse what is in a switched off
+part of %if.  Akim Demaille thinks it should be in the parser, so as
+to avoid falling into another CPP mistake.
+
+** -D, --define-muscle NAME=VALUE
+To define muscles via cli.  Or maybe support directly NAME=VALUE?
+
+
+* Unit rules
+Maybe we could expand unit rules, i.e., transform
+
+	exp: arith | bool;
+	arith: exp '+' exp;
+	bool: exp '&' exp;
+
+into
+
+	exp: exp '+' exp | exp '&' exp;
+
+when there are no actions.  This can significantly speed up some
+grammars.  I can't find the papers.  In particular the book `LR
+parsing: Theory and Practice' is impossible to find, but according to
+`Parsing Techniques: a Practical Guide', it includes information about
+this issue.  Does anybody have it?
+
+
+
+* Documentation
+
+** History/Bibliography
+Some history of Bison and some bibliography would be most welcome.
+Are there any Texinfo standards for bibliography?
+
+
+
+* Java, Fortran, etc.
+
+
+** Java
+
+There are a couple of proposed outputs:
+
+- BYACC/J
+  which is based on Byacc.
+  <http://troi.lincom-asg.com/~rjamison/byacc/>
+
+- Bison Java
+  which is based on Bison.
+  <http://www.goice.co.jp/member/mo/hack-progs/bison-java.html>
+
+Sébastien Serrurier ([email protected]) is working on this: he is
+expected to contact the authors, design the output, and implement it
+into Bison.
+
+
+* Coding system independence
+Paul notes:
+
+	Currently Bison assumes 8-bit bytes (i.e. that UCHAR_MAX is
+	255).  It also assumes that the 8-bit character encoding is
+	the same for the invocation of 'bison' as it is for the
+	invocation of 'cc', but this is not necessarily true when
+	people run bison on an ASCII host and then use cc on an EBCDIC
+	host.  I don't think these topics are worth our time
+	addressing (unless we find a gung-ho volunteer for EBCDIC or
+	PDP-10 ports :-) but they should probably be documented
+	somewhere.
+
+
+
+* --graph
+Show reductions.	[]
+
+* Broken options ?
+** %no-parser		[]
+** %token-table		[]
+** Skeleton strategy.	[]
+Must we keep %no-parser?
+	     %token-table?
 
 * src/print_graph.c
 Find the best graph parameters.	[]
 
 * doc/bison.texinfo
-Echo modifications of prologue and epilogue.	[]
+** Update
-Add informations about YYERROR_VERBOSE.	[]
+informations about ERROR_VERBOSE.	[]
-Add explainations about skeleton muscles.	[]
+** Add explanations about
-Add explainations about %skeleton.	[]
+skeleton muscles.	[]
+%skeleton.		[]
+
+* testsuite
+** tests/pure-parser.at	[]
+New tests.
+
+* BTYacc
+See if we can integrate backtracking in Bison.  Charles-Henri de
+Boysson <[email protected]> is working on this, and already has some
+results.  Vadim Maslow, the maintainer of BTYacc was contacted, and we
+stay in touch with him.  Adjusting the Bison grammar parser will be
+needed to support some extra BTYacc features.  This is less urgent.
+
+** Keeping the conflicted actions
+First, analyze the differences between byacc and btyacc (I'm referring
+to the executables).  Find where the conflicts are preserved.
+
+** Compare with the GLR tables
+See how isomorphic the way BTYacc and the way the GLR adjustments in
+Bison are compatible.  *As much as possible* one should try to use the
+same implementation in the Bison executables.  I insist: it should be
+very feasible to use the very same conflict tables.
+
+** Adjust the skeletons
+Import the skeletons for C and C++.
+
+** Improve the skeletons
+Have them support yysymprint, yydestruct and so forth.
+
+
+* Precedence
+
+** Partial order
+It is unfortunate that there is a total order for precedence.  It
+makes it impossible to have modular precedence information.  We should
+move to partial orders (sounds like series/parallel orders to me).
+
+This will be possible with a Bison parser for the grammar, as it will
+make it much easier to extend the grammar.
+
+** Correlation b/w precedence and associativity
+Also, I fail to understand why we have to assign the same
+associativity to operators with the same precedence.  For instance,
+why can't I decide that the precedence of * and / is the same, but the
+latter is nonassoc?
+
+If there is really no profound motivation, we should find a new syntax
+to allow specifying this.
+
+** RR conflicts
+See if we can use precedence between rules to solve RR conflicts.  See
+what POSIX says.
+
+
+* $undefined
+From Hans:
+- If the Bison generated parser experiences an undefined number in the
+character range, that character is written out in diagnostic messages, an
+addition to the $undefined value.
+
+Suggest: Change the name $undefined to undefined; looks better in outputs.
+
+
+* Default Action
+From Hans:
+- For use with my C++ parser, I transported the "switch (yyn)" statement
+that Bison writes to the bison.simple skeleton file. This way, I can remove
+the current default rule $$ = $1 implementation, which causes a double
+assignment to $$ which may not be OK under C++, replacing it with a
+"default:" part within the switch statement.
+
+Note that the default rule $$ = $1, when typed, is perfectly OK under C,
+but in the C++ implementation I made, this rule is different from
+$<type_name>$ = $<type_name>1. I therefore think that one should implement
+a Bison option where every typed default rule is explicitly written out
+(same typed ruled can of course be grouped together).
+
+Note: Robert Anisko handles this.  He knows how to do it.
+
+
+* Warnings
+It would be nice to have warning support.  See how Autoconf handles
+them, it is fairly well described there.  It would be very nice to
+implement this in such a way that other programs could use
+lib/warnings.[ch].
+
+Don't work on this without first announcing you do, as I already have
+thought about it, and know many of the components that can be used to
+implement it.
+
+
+* Pre and post actions.
+From: Florian Krohm <[email protected]>
+Subject: YYACT_EPILOGUE
+To: [email protected]
+X-Sent: 1 week, 4 days, 14 hours, 38 minutes, 11 seconds ago
+
+The other day I had the need for explicitly building the parse tree. I
+used %locations for that and defined YYLLOC_DEFAULT to call a function
+that returns the tree node for the production. Easy. But I also needed
+to assign the S-attribute to the tree node. That cannot be done in
+YYLLOC_DEFAULT, because it is invoked before the action is executed.
+The way I solved this was to define a macro YYACT_EPILOGUE that would
+be invoked after the action. For reasons of symmetry I also added
+YYACT_PROLOGUE. Although I had no use for that I can envision how it
+might come in handy for debugging purposes.
+All is needed is to add
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen, yyloc, (yylsp - yylen));
+#else
+    YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen);
+#endif
+
+at the proper place to bison.simple. Ditto for YYACT_PROLOGUE.
+
+I was wondering what you think about adding YYACT_PROLOGUE/EPILOGUE
+to bison. If you're interested, I'll work on a patch.
+
+* Move to Graphviz
+Well, VCG seems really dead.  Move to Graphviz instead.  Also, equip
+the parser with a means to create the (visual) parse tree.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

bootstrap

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+echo "Bootstrapping CVS Bison..."
+
+echo "running: autoreconf --verbose --install --force"
+autoreconf --verbose --install --force

config.hin

@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/* config.hin.  Generated from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define to one of `_getb67', `GETB67', `getb67' for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP
+   systems. This function is required for `alloca.c' support on those systems.
+   */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if using `alloca.c'. */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
+   language is requested. */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define if you have `alloca', as a function or macro. */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix). */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <ctype.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_CTYPE_H
+
+/* Define if backslash-a works in C strings. */
+#undef HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
+
+/* Define if you have the `dcgettext' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `memchr', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_MEMCHR
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `stpcpy', and to 0 if you don't.
+   */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STPCPY
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strerror_r', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strndup', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `strnlen', and to 0 if you
+   don't. */
+#undef HAVE_DECL_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define if the malloc check has been performed. */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if the realloc check has been performed. */
+#undef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
+
+/* Define if you have the `doprnt' function. */
+#undef HAVE_DOPRNT
+
+/* Define if you have the `feof_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the `fgets_unlocked' function. */
+#undef HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+
+/* Define if you have the `getcwd' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the `getegid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEGID
+
+/* Define if you have the `geteuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETEUID
+
+/* Define if you have the `getgid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETGID
+
+/* Define if you have the `getpagesize' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `getuid' function. */
+#undef HAVE_GETUID
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `isascii' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISASCII
+
+/* Define if you have the `iswprint' function. */
+#undef HAVE_ISWPRINT
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES. */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
+#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
+
+/* Define if you have the `mbsinit' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MBSINIT
+
+/* Define if you have the `memchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `mempcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the `mkstemp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MKSTEMP
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call. */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the `munmap' function. */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `putenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define if you have the `setenv' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the `setlocale' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define if you have the <stddef.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDDEF_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `stpcpy' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the `strcasecmp' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strchr' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the `strdup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strerror' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR
+
+/* Define if you have the `strerror_r' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `strndup' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNDUP
+
+/* Define if you have the `strnlen' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRNLEN
+
+/* Define if you have the `strspn' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRSPN
+
+/* Define if you have the `strtoul' function. */
+#undef HAVE_STRTOUL
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `tsearch' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TSEARCH
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the `vprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VPRINTF
+
+/* Define if you have the <wchar.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCHAR_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <wctype.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if `strerror_r' returns a string. */
+#undef HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_count' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_next' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the `__argz_stringify' function. */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#undef ICONV_CONST
+
+/* Name of package */
+#undef PACKAGE
+
+/* Define if compiler has function prototypes */
+#undef PROTOTYPES
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+        STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+        STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#undef VERSION
+
+/* Define if using the dmalloc debugging malloc package */
+#undef WITH_DMALLOC
+
+/* Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions. */
+#undef _GNU_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if on MINIX. */
+#undef _MINIX
+
+/* Define if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this
+   defined. */
+#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define as `__inline' if that's what the C compiler calls it, or to nothing
+   if it is not supported. */
+#undef inline
+
+/* Define to rpl_malloc if the replacement function should be used. */
+#undef malloc
+
+/* Define to a type if <wchar.h> does not define. */
+#undef mbstate_t
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define to rpl_realloc if the replacement function should be used. */
+#undef realloc
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> does not define. */
+#undef size_t

config/.cvsignore

@@ -1,2 +1,11 @@
 Makefile
 *.t
+Makefile.in
+mkinstalldirs
+missing
+config.sub
+config.guess
+mdate-sh
+texinfo.tex
+config.rpath
+ylwrap

config/Makefile.am

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt
+EXTRA_DIST = move-if-change prev-version.txt config.rpath

config/depcomp

@@ -31,7 +31,16 @@ if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
 fi
 # `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
 
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | sed 's,\([^/]*\)$,.deps/\1,;s/\.\([^.]*\)$/.P\1/'`}
+if test -z "$depfile"; then
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'`
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'`
+   if test "$dir" = "$object"; then
+      dir=
+   fi
+   # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS.
+   depfile="$dir.deps/$base"
+fi
+
 tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
 
 rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
@@ -198,17 +207,22 @@ aix)
   ;;
 
 tru64)
-   # The Tru64 AIX compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
+   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
    # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
    # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
    # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
    # Subdirectories are respected.
+   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
 
-   tmpdepfile1="$object.d"
-   tmpdepfile2=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's/.o$/.d/'` 
    if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d"
       "$@" -Wc,-MD
    else
+      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
+      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
       "$@" -MD
    fi
 
@@ -240,34 +254,40 @@ tru64)
 
 dashmstdout)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  "$@" || exit $?
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
+
-  ( IFS=" "
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-    case " $* " in
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    *" --mode=compile "*) # this is libtool, let us make it quiet
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.  We will use -o /dev/null later,
+  # however we can't do the remplacement now because
+  # `-o $object' might simply not be used
+  IFS=" "
   for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
+  do
-        case "$arg" in
+    case $arg in
-	"--mode=compile")
+    -o)
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+      shift
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
       ;;
-	esac
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
       set fnord "$@" "$arg"
       shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
+      shift # $arg
-      done
       ;;
     esac
-    "$@" $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
+  done
-  ) &
+
-  proc=$!
+  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  "$@"
+  "$@" -o /dev/null $dashmflag | sed 's:^[^:]*\:[ 	]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
   tr ' ' '
@@ -285,14 +305,15 @@ dashXmstdout)
   ;;
 
 makedepend)
+  "$@" || exit $?
   # X makedepend
-  (
   shift
   cleared=no
   for arg in "$@"; do
-      case $cleared in no)
+    case $cleared in
+    no)
       set ""; shift
-	cleared=yes
+      cleared=yes ;;
     esac
     case "$arg" in
     -D*|-I*)
@@ -305,16 +326,10 @@ makedepend)
   done
   obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
   touch "$tmpdepfile"
-    ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} 2>/dev/null -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
+  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tail +3 "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
+  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
 ' | \
 ## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
 ## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
@@ -324,35 +339,39 @@ makedepend)
 
 cpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout.
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
+  "$@" || exit $?
-  ( IFS=" "
+
-    case " $* " in
+  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-    *" --mode=compile "*)
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
+      shift
+    done
+    shift
+  fi
+
+  # Remove `-o $object'.
+  IFS=" "
   for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
+  do
     case $arg in
-	"--mode=compile")
+    -o)
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+      shift
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
-	  shift # fnord
       ;;
-	esac
+    $object)
+      shift
+      ;;
+    *)
       set fnord "$@" "$arg"
       shift # fnord
-	shift # "$arg"
+      shift # $arg
-      done
       ;;
     esac
+  done
+
   "$@" -E |
     sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
     sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
   cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
@@ -364,32 +383,25 @@ msvisualcpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
   # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
   # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  ( IFS=" "
+  "$@" || exit $?
-    case " $* " in
+  IFS=" "
-    *" --mode=compile "*)
   for arg
-      do # cycle over the arguments
+  do
-        case $arg in
+    case "$arg" in
-	"--mode=compile")
+    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	  # insert --quiet before "--mode=compile"
+	set fnord "$@"
-	  set fnord "$@" --quiet
+	shift
-	  shift # fnord
+	shift
 	;;
-	esac
+    *)
 	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift # fnord
+	shift
-	shift # "$arg"
+	shift
-      done
 	;;
     esac
+  done
   "$@" -E |
   sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
-  ) &
-  proc=$!
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  wait "$proc"
-  if test "$stat" != 0; then exit $stat; fi
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
   . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"

config/install-sh

@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ dir_arg=""
 
 while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
     case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd="$cpprog"
+	-c) instcmd=$cpprog
 	    shift
 	    continue;;
 
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
 	    shift
 	    continue;;
 
-	-s) stripcmd="$stripprog"
+	-s) stripcmd=$stripprog
 	    shift
 	    continue;;
 
@@ -106,21 +106,21 @@ done
 
 if [ x"$src" = x ]
 then
-	echo "install:	no input file specified"
+	echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2
 	exit 1
 else
-	true
+	:
 fi
 
 if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
 	dst=$src
 	src=""
 
-	if [ -d $dst ]; then
+	if [ -d "$dst" ]; then
 		instcmd=:
 		chmodcmd=""
 	else
-		instcmd=mkdir
+		instcmd=$mkdirprog
 	fi
 else
 
@@ -128,35 +128,35 @@ else
 # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
 # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
 
-	if [ -f $src -o -d $src ]
+	if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
 	then
-		true
+		:
 	else
-		echo "install:  $src does not exist"
+		echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2
 		exit 1
 	fi
 
 	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
 	then
-		echo "install:	no destination specified"
+		echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2
 		exit 1
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi
 
 # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
 # does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
 
-	if [ -d $dst ]
+	if [ -d "$dst" ]
 	then
-		dst="$dst"/`basename $src`
+		dst=$dst/`basename "$src"`
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi
 fi
 
 ## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
 
 # Make sure that the destination directory exists.
 #  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
@@ -165,48 +165,48 @@ dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
 if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
 defaultIFS='
 	'
-IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}"
+IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}"
 
-oIFS="${IFS}"
+oIFS=$IFS
 # Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
 IFS='%'
-set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
+set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS="${oIFS}"
+IFS=$oIFS
 
 pathcomp=''
 
 while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}"
+	pathcomp=$pathcomp$1
 	shift
 
-	if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ;
+	if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ;
         then
-		$mkdirprog "${pathcomp}"
+		$mkdirprog "$pathcomp"
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi
 
-	pathcomp="${pathcomp}/"
+	pathcomp=$pathcomp/
 done
 fi
 
 if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
 then
-	$doit $instcmd $dst &&
+	$doit $instcmd "$dst" &&
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi
 else
 
 # If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
 
 	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
 	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
 	else
-		dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | 
+		dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename |
 			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
 	fi
 
@@ -214,20 +214,24 @@ else
 
 	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
 	then
-		dstfile=`basename $dst`
+		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
 	else
-		true
+		:
 	fi
 
-# Make a temp file name in the proper directory.
+# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
 
 	dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$#
+	rmtmp=$dstdir/#rm.$$#
+
+# Trap to clean up temp files at exit.
+
+	trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0
+	trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
 
 # Move or copy the file name to the temp name
 
-	$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp &&
+	$doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" &&
-
-	trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 &&
 
 # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
 
@@ -235,17 +239,38 @@ else
 # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
 # errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi &&
+	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
+
+# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.  We try this
+# two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination
+# file might be busy for other reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup
+# might fail but the new file should still install successfully.
+
+{
+	if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ]
+	then
+		$doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null ||
+		$doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null ||
+		{
+		  echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2
+		  (exit 1); exit
+		}
+	else
+		:
+	fi
+} &&
 
 # Now rename the file to the real destination.
 
-	$doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile &&
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile"
-	$doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile 
 
 fi &&
 
+# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap.
 
-exit 0
+{
+	(exit 0); exit
+}

config/mdate-sh

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, June 1995
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Prevent date giving response in another language.
-LANG=C
-export LANG
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LC_TIME=C
-export LC_TIME
-
-# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
-# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
-if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
-else
-  set - x`ls -l -d $1`
-fi
-# The month is at least the fourth argument
-# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
-shift
-shift
-shift
-
-# Find the month.  Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
-month=
-until test $month
-do
-  shift
-  case $1 in
-    Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
-    Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
-    Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
-    Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
-    May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
-    Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
-    Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
-    Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
-    Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
-    Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
-    Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
-    Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
-  esac
-done
-
-day=$2
-
-# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
-# the time of day or the year.
-case $3 in
-  *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
-       case $2 in
-	 Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
-	 Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
-	 Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
-	 Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
-	 May) nummonthtod=5;;
-	 Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
-	 Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
-	 Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
-	 Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
-	 Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
-	 Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
-	 Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
-       esac
-       # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
-       # be used for files modified in the last year.
-       if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
-       then
-	 year=`expr $year - 1`
-       fi;;
-  *) year=$3;;
-esac
-
-# The result.
-echo $day $month $year

config/prev-version.txt

@@ -1 +1 @@
-1.29c
+1.75

configure.ac

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 # Configure template for GNU Bison.                   -*-Autoconf-*-
 #
+# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
@@ -16,31 +18,21 @@
 # 02111-1307  USA
 
 # We need a recent Autoconf to run a recent Autotest.
-AC_PREREQ(2.52e)
+AC_PREREQ(2.54)
 
-AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.29d], [[email protected]])
+AC_INIT([GNU Bison], [1.875], [[email protected]])
 AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(config)
 
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([bison], [1.29d])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.7 check-news readme-alpha dist-bzip2])
-AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.hin)
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
 
-# Initialize the test suite.
+# Checks for the compiler.
-AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
-
-# Checks for programs.
 AC_PROG_CC
-AC_MINIX
+# Remove with Automake 1.8.
 AC_ISC_POSIX
+AC_GNU_SOURCE
+AC_MINIX
 AM_PROG_CC_STDC
-AC_PROG_RANLIB
-# GNU M4 is needed to build the testsuite.
-BISON_AC_PROG_GNU_M4
-if test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4" != yes; then
-  missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
-  M4="$missing_dir/missing m4"
-fi
-
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
 [  --enable-gcc-warnings   turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended)],
 [case "${enableval}" in
@@ -49,6 +41,9 @@ AC_ARG_ENABLE(gcc-warnings,
  esac],
               [enableval=no])
 if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
+  BISON_WARNING(-Werror)
+  AC_SUBST([WERROR_CFLAGS], [$WARNING_CFLAGS])
+  WARNING_CFLAGS=
   BISON_WARNING(-Wall)
   BISON_WARNING(-W)
   BISON_WARNING(-Wbad-function-cast)
@@ -61,47 +56,71 @@ if test "${enableval}" = yes; then
   BISON_WARNING(-Wshadow)
   BISON_WARNING(-Wstrict-prototypes)
   BISON_WARNING(-Wwrite-strings)
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $WARNING_CFLAGS"
+  AC_DEFINE([lint], 1, [Define to 1 if the compiler is checking for lint.])
 fi
 
-# Checks for libraries.
+# Checks for programs.
-AC_DEFINE([_GNU_SOURCE],1,[Define to 1 for GNU C library extensions.])
+AC_PROG_LEX
+AC_PROG_YACC
+AC_PROG_RANLIB
+BISON_PROG_GNU_M4
+if test x"$ac_cv_prog_gnu_m4" != xyes; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([GNU M4 1.4 is required])
+fi
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4], ["$M4"], [Define to the GNU M4 executable name.])
 
 # Checks for header files.
 AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h)
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS([ctype.h locale.h memory.h stdlib.h string.h unistd.h])
-
+AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
-# Checks for typedefs.
-
-# Checks for structures.
 
 # Checks for compiler characteristics.
-AC_C_CONST
 AC_C_INLINE
-AM_C_PROTOTYPES
+
+# Checks for types.
+AC_CHECK_TYPES([uintptr_t])
 
 # Checks for library functions.
 AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(mkstemp setlocale)
+AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
-AC_CHECK_DECLS([stpcpy, strndup, strnlen, memchr])
+AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
-AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(stpcpy strndup strnlen strspn memchr)
+AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
-jm_FUNC_MALLOC
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setlocale)
-jm_FUNC_REALLOC
+AC_CHECK_DECLS([free, getenv, getopt,
+                stpcpy, strchr, strspn, strnlen,
+                malloc, memchr, memrchr])
+AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memrchr \
+                 strchr stpcpy strrchr strspn strtol strtoul)
+AC_FUNC_MALLOC
+AC_FUNC_REALLOC
+jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
 jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
+jm_FUNC_ARGMATCH
 jm_PREREQ_ERROR
 AM_WITH_DMALLOC
+BISON_PREREQ_SUBPIPE
+BISON_PREREQ_TIMEVAR
 
-ALL_LINGUAS="de es et fr ja nl tr ru"
+# Gettext.
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT(external, need-ngettext)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.11.5)
 
-# This is necessary so that .o files in LIBOBJS are also built via
+# Initialize the test suite.
-# the ANSI2KNR-filtering rules.
+AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
-LIBOBJS=`echo $LIBOBJS|sed 's/\.o /\$U.o /g;s/\.o$/\$U.o/'`
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/Makefile tests/atlocal])
-AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([VALGRIND], [valgrind])
+AC_CHECK_PROGS([GXX], [g++])
+AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
+# Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
+AC_SUBST([GCC])
+O0CFLAGS=`echo $CFLAGS | sed 's/-O[0-9] *//'`
+AC_SUBST([O0CFLAGS])
 
-AC_OUTPUT([Makefile
+AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
                  config/Makefile
-           intl/Makefile po/Makefile.in
+                 po/Makefile.in
+                 data/Makefile
                  lib/Makefile src/Makefile doc/Makefile
-           m4/Makefile
+                 m4/Makefile])
-           tests/Makefile])
+AC_OUTPUT

configure.bat

@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-@echo off
-echo Configuring bison for go32
-rem This batch file assumes a unix-type "sed" program
-
-echo # Makefile generated by "configure.bat"> Makefile
-echo all.dos : bison >> Makefile
-
-if exist config.sed del config.sed
-
-echo "s/@srcdir@/./g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@CC@/gcc/g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_PROGRAM@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@INSTALL_DATA@//g				">> config.sed
-echo "s/@DEFS@/-DHAVE_STRERROR/g			">> config.sed
-echo "s/@LIBS@//g					">> config.sed
-echo "s/@ALLOCA@//g					">> config.sed
-
-echo "/^bison[ 	]*:/,/-o/ {				">> config.sed
-echo "  s/	\$(CC)/	>bison.rf/			">> config.sed
-echo "  /-o/ a\						">> config.sed
-echo "	$(CC) @bison.rf					">> config.sed
-echo "}							">> config.sed
-
-sed -e "s/^\"//" -e "s/\"$//" -e "s/[ 	]*$//" config.sed > config2.sed
-sed -f config2.sed Makefile.in >> Makefile
-del config.sed
-del config2.sed

data/.cvsignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Makefile.in
+Makefile

data/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+## Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+dist_pkgdata_DATA = README c.m4 yacc.c lalr1.cc glr.c
+
+m4sugardir = $(pkgdatadir)/m4sugar
+dist_m4sugar_DATA = m4sugar/m4sugar.m4

data/README

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+-*- outline -*-
+
+This directory contains Bison skeletons: the general shapes of the
+different parser kinds, that are specialized for specific grammars by
+the bison program.
+
+Currently, there are only three supported skeletons:
+
+- yacc.c
+  It used to be named bison.simple: it corresponds to C Yacc
+  compatible LALR(1) parsers.
+
+- lalr1.cc
+  Produces a C++ parser class.  It is still very experimental, and not
+  yet supported.  Please, subscribe to [email protected].
+
+- glr.c
+  A Generalized LR C parser based on Bison's LALR(1) tables.
+
+These skeletons are the only ones supported by the Bison team.
+Because the interface between skeletons and the bison program is not
+finished, *we are not bound to it*.  In particular, Bison is not
+mature enough for us to consider that ``foreign skeletons'' are
+supported.
+
+-----
+
+Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bison.
+
+GNU Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+GNU Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

data/c.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+m4_divert(-1)                                               -*- Autoconf -*-
+
+# C M4 Macros for Bison.
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Identification.  ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+# b4_copyright(TITLE, YEARS)
+# --------------------------
+m4_define([b4_copyright],
+[/* A Bison parser, made by GNU Bison b4_version.  */
+
+/* $1,
+   Copyright (C) $2 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */])
+
+
+# b4_identification
+# -----------------
+m4_define([b4_identification],
+[/* Identify Bison output.  */
+[#]define YYBISON 1
+
+/* Skeleton name.  */
+[#]define YYSKELETON_NAME b4_skeleton
+
+/* Pure parsers.  */
+[#]define YYPURE b4_pure
+
+/* Using locations.  */
+[#]define YYLSP_NEEDED b4_locations_flag
+])
+
+
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Default values.  ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+m4_define_default([b4_epilogue], [])
+
+
+
+## ------------------------ ##
+## Pure/impure interfaces.  ##
+## ------------------------ ##
+
+
+# b4_user_args
+# ------------
+m4_define([b4_user_args],
+[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [, b4_c_args(b4_parse_param)])])
+
+
+# b4_parse_param
+# --------------
+# If defined, b4_parse_param arrives double quoted, but below we prefer
+# it to be single quoted.
+m4_define_default([b4_parse_param])
+m4_define([b4_parse_param],
+b4_parse_param))
+
+
+
+## ------------ ##
+## Data Types.  ##
+## ------------ ##
+
+
+# b4_ints_in(INT1, INT2, LOW, HIGH)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Return 1 iff both INT1 and INT2 are in [LOW, HIGH], 0 otherwise.
+m4_define([b4_ints_in],
+[m4_eval([$3 <= $1 && $1 <= $4 && $3 <= $2 && $2 <= $4])])
+
+
+# b4_int_type(MIN, MAX)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# MIN to MAX (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type],
+[m4_if(b4_ints_in($@,      [0],   [255]), [1], [unsigned char],
+       b4_ints_in($@,   [-128],   [127]), [1], [signed char],
+
+       b4_ints_in($@,      [0], [65535]), [1], [unsigned short],
+       b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
+
+       m4_eval([0 <= $1]),                [1], [unsigned int],
+
+ 	                                       [int])])
+
+
+# b4_int_type_for(NAME)
+# ---------------------
+# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
+# `NAME_min' to `NAME_max' (included).
+m4_define([b4_int_type_for],
+[b4_int_type($1_min, $1_max)])
+
+
+## ------------------ ##
+## Decoding options.  ##
+## ------------------ ##
+
+
+# b4_location_if(IF-TRUE, IF-FALSE)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Expand IF-TRUE, if locations are used, IF-FALSE otherwise.
+m4_define([b4_location_if],
+[m4_if(b4_locations_flag, [1],
+       [$1],
+       [$2])])
+
+
+# b4_pure_if(IF-TRUE, IF-FALSE)
+# -----------------------------
+# Expand IF-TRUE, if %pure-parser, IF-FALSE otherwise.
+m4_define([b4_pure_if],
+[m4_if(b4_pure, [1],
+       [$1],
+       [$2])])
+
+
+
+## ------------------------- ##
+## Assigning token numbers.  ##
+## ------------------------- ##
+
+# b4_token_define(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -----------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_define],
+[#define $1 $2
+])
+
+
+# b4_token_enum(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# ---------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of this token as an enum.
+m4_define([b4_token_enum],
+[$1 = $2])
+
+
+# b4_token_defines(LIST-OF-PAIRS-TOKEN-NAME-TOKEN-NUMBER)
+# -------------------------------------------------------
+# Output the definition of the tokens (if there are) as enums and #define.
+m4_define([b4_token_defines],
+[m4_if([$@], [[]], [],
+[/* Tokens.  */
+#ifndef YYTOKENTYPE
+# define YYTOKENTYPE
+   /* Put the tokens into the symbol table, so that GDB and other debuggers
+      know about them.  */
+   enum yytokentype {
+m4_map_sep([     b4_token_enum], [,
+],
+           [$@])
+   };
+#endif
+m4_map([b4_token_define], [$@])
+])
+])
+
+
+
+## --------------------------------------------- ##
+## Defining C functions in both K&R and ANSI-C.  ##
+## --------------------------------------------- ##
+
+
+# b4_c_function_def(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------------------------------
+# Declare the function NAME.
+m4_define([b4_c_function_def],
+[#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+b4_c_ansi_function_def($@)
+#else
+$2
+$1 (b4_c_knr_formal_names(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))
+b4_c_knr_formal_decls(m4_shiftn(2, $@))
+#endif[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_c_ansi_function_def(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# ---------------------------------------------------------------
+# Declare the function NAME in ANSI.
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_function_def],
+[$2
+$1 (b4_c_ansi_formals(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_c_ansi_formals([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# --------------------------------------
+# Output the arguments ANSI-C definition.
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_formals],
+[m4_case([$@],
+         [],   [void],
+         [[]], [void],
+               [m4_map_sep([b4_c_ansi_formal], [, ], [$@])])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_formal],
+[$1])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_formal_names([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# ------------------------------------------
+# Output the argument names.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_names],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_formal_name], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_name],
+[$2])
+
+
+# b4_c_knr_formal_decls([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# ------------------------------------------
+# Output the K&R argument declarations.
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_decls],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_knr_formal_decl],
+            [
+],
+            [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_knr_formal_decl],
+[    $1;])
+
+
+
+## ------------------------------------------------------------ ##
+## Declaring (prototyping) C functions in both K&R and ANSI-C.  ##
+## ------------------------------------------------------------ ##
+
+
+# b4_c_function_decl(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# -----------------------------------------------------------
+# Declare the function NAME.
+m4_define([b4_c_function_decl],
+[#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus)
+b4_c_ansi_function_decl($@)
+#else
+$2 $1 ();
+#endif[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_c_ansi_function_decl(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# ----------------------------------------------------------------
+# Declare the function NAME.
+m4_define([b4_c_ansi_function_decl],
+[$2 $1 (b4_c_ansi_formals(m4_shiftn(2, $@)));[]dnl
+])
+
+
+
+
+## --------------------- ##
+## Calling C functions.  ##
+## --------------------- ##
+
+
+# b4_c_function_call(NAME, RETURN-VALUE, [DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# -----------------------------------------------------------
+# Call the function NAME with arguments NAME1, NAME2 etc.
+m4_define([b4_c_function_call],
+[$1 (b4_c_args(m4_shiftn(2, $@)))[]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_c_args([DECL1, NAME1], ...)
+# ------------------------------
+# Output the arguments NAME1, NAME2...
+m4_define([b4_c_args],
+[m4_map_sep([b4_c_arg], [, ], [$@])])
+
+m4_define([b4_c_arg],
+[$2])
+
+
+## ----------- ##
+## Synclines.  ##
+## ----------- ##
+
+
+# b4_syncline(LINE, FILE)
+# -----------------------
+m4_define([b4_syncline],
+[m4_if(b4_synclines_flag, 1,
+       [[#]line $1 $2])])
+
+
+# b4_symbol_actions(FILENAME, LINENO,
+#                   SYMBOL-TAG, SYMBOL-NUM,
+#                   SYMBOL-ACTION, SYMBOL-TYPENAME)
+# -------------------------------------------------
+m4_define([b4_symbol_actions],
+[m4_pushdef([b4_dollar_dollar], [yyvaluep->$6])dnl
+m4_pushdef([b4_at_dollar], [(*yylocationp)])dnl
+      case $4: /* $3 */
+b4_syncline([$2], [$1])
+        $5;
+b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])
+        break;
+m4_popdef([b4_at_dollar])dnl
+m4_popdef([b4_dollar_dollar])dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_yydestruct_generate(FUNCTION-DECLARATOR)
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Generate the "yydestruct" function, which declaration is issued using
+# FUNCTION-DECLARATOR, which may be "b4_c_ansi_function_def" for ISO C
+# or "b4_c_function_def" for K&R.
+m4_define([b4_yydestruct_generate],
+[[/*-----------------------------------------------.
+| Release the memory associated to this symbol.  |
+`-----------------------------------------------*/
+
+]$1([yydestruct],
+    [static void],
+    [[int yytype],           [yytype]],
+    [[YYSTYPE *yyvaluep],    [yyvaluep]]b4_location_if([,
+    [[YYLTYPE *yylocationp], [yylocationp]]]))[
+{
+  /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings.  */
+  (void) yyvaluep;
+]b4_location_if([  (void) yylocationp;
+])[
+  switch (yytype)
+    {
+]m4_map([b4_symbol_actions], m4_defn([b4_symbol_destructors]))[
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+}]dnl
+])
+
+
+# b4_yysymprint_generate(FUNCTION-DECLARATOR)
+# -------------------------------------------
+# Generate the "yysymprint" function, which declaration is issued using
+# FUNCTION-DECLARATOR, which may be "b4_c_ansi_function_def" for ISO C
+# or "b4_c_function_def" for K&R.
+m4_define([b4_yysymprint_generate],
+[[/*--------------------------------.
+| Print this symbol on YYOUTPUT.  |
+`--------------------------------*/
+
+]$1([yysymprint],
+    [static void],
+    [[FILE *yyoutput],       [yyoutput]],
+    [[int yytype],           [yytype]],
+    [[YYSTYPE *yyvaluep],    [yyvaluep]]b4_location_if([,
+    [[YYLTYPE *yylocationp], [yylocationp]]]))
+{
+  /* Pacify ``unused variable'' warnings.  */
+  (void) yyvaluep;
+b4_location_if([  (void) yylocationp;
+])dnl
+
+  if (yytype < YYNTOKENS)
+    {
+      YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "token %s (", yytname[[yytype]]);
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+      YYPRINT (yyoutput, yytoknum[[yytype]], *yyvaluep);
+# endif
+    }
+  else
+    YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, "nterm %s (", yytname[[yytype]]);
+
+  switch (yytype)
+    {
+m4_map([b4_symbol_actions], m4_defn([b4_symbol_printers]))dnl
+      default:
+        break;
+    }
+  YYFPRINTF (yyoutput, ")");
+}
+])

data/lalr1.cc

@@ -0,0 +1,883 @@
+m4_divert(-1)
+# C++ skeleton for Bison
+# Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+# 02111-1307  USA
+
+## ---------------- ##
+## Default values.  ##
+## ---------------- ##
+
+# Stack parameters.
+m4_define_default([b4_stack_depth_init],  [200])
+
+# Default Parser class name.
+m4_define_default([b4_parser_class_name], [Parser])
+
+
+
+## ----------------- ##
+## Semantic Values.  ##
+## ----------------- ##
+
+
+# b4_lhs_value([TYPE])
+# --------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
+[yyval[]m4_ifval([$1], [.$1])])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, NUM, [TYPE])
+# --------------------------------------
+# Expansion of $<TYPE>NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH
+# symbols on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
+[semantic_stack_@{m4_eval([$1 - $2])@}m4_ifval([$3], [.$3])])
+
+m4_define_default([b4_location_type], [Location])
+
+# b4_lhs_location()
+# -----------------
+# Expansion of @$.
+m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
+[yyloc])
+
+
+# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, NUM)
+# ---------------------------------
+# Expansion of @NUM, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
+# on RHS.
+m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
+[location_stack_@{m4_eval([$1 - $2])@}])
+
+
+m4_define([b4_inherit],
+          [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [: public b4_root
+],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_param],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+	            [,
+            const Param& param],
+		    [])])
+
+m4_define([b4_constructor],
+	  [m4_ifdef([b4_root],
+		    [b4_root (param),
+      ],
+		    [])])
+
+
+# We do want M4 expansion after # for CPP macros.
+m4_changecom()
+m4_divert(0)dnl
+@output @output_header_name@
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])[
+/* FIXME: This is wrong, we want computed header guards.
+   I don't know why the macros are missing now. :( */
+#ifndef PARSER_HEADER_H
+# define PARSER_HEADER_H
+
+#include "stack.hh"
+#include "location.hh"
+
+#include <string>
+#include <iostream>
+
+/* Using locations.  */
+#define YYLSP_NEEDED ]b4_locations_flag[
+
+]b4_token_defines(b4_tokens)[
+
+/* Copy the first part of user declarations.  */
+]b4_pre_prologue[
+
+]/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
+b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[
+
+/* Enabling traces.  */
+#ifndef YYDEBUG
+# define YYDEBUG ]b4_debug[
+#endif
+
+/* Enabling verbose error message.  */
+#ifndef YYERROR_VERBOSE
+# define YYERROR_VERBOSE ]b4_error_verbose[
+#endif
+
+#ifndef YYSTYPE
+]m4_ifdef([b4_stype],
+[b4_syncline([b4_stype_line], [b4_filename])
+typedef union b4_stype yystype;
+/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
+b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])],
+[typedef int yystype;])[
+# define YYSTYPE yystype
+#endif
+
+/* Copy the second part of user declarations.  */
+]b4_post_prologue[
+
+]/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
+b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[
+#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
+# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
+   Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \
+   Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column;
+#endif
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class ]b4_parser_class_name[;
+
+  template < typename P >
+  struct Traits
+  {
+  };
+
+  template < >
+  struct Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >
+  {
+    typedef ]b4_int_type_for([b4_translate])[ TokenNumberType;
+    typedef ]b4_int_type_for([b4_rhs])[       RhsNumberType;
+    typedef int      StateType;
+    typedef yystype  SemanticType;
+    typedef ]b4_location_type[ LocationType;
+  };
+}
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  class ]b4_parser_class_name b4_inherit[
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::TokenNumberType TokenNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::RhsNumberType   RhsNumberType;
+    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::StateType       StateType;
+    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::SemanticType    SemanticType;
+    typedef Traits< ]b4_parser_class_name[ >::LocationType    LocationType;
+
+    typedef Stack< StateType >    StateStack;
+    typedef Stack< SemanticType > SemanticStack;
+    typedef Stack< LocationType > LocationStack;
+
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+    ]b4_parser_class_name[ (bool debug,
+	    LocationType initlocation][]b4_param[) :
+      ]b4_constructor[][debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr),
+      initlocation_ (initlocation)
+#else
+    ]b4_parser_class_name[ (bool debug][]b4_param[) :
+      ]b4_constructor[][debug_ (debug),
+      cdebug_ (std::cerr)
+#endif
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual ~]b4_parser_class_name[ ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    virtual int parse ();
+
+  private:
+
+    virtual void lex_ ();
+    virtual void error_ ();
+    virtual void print_ ();
+
+    /* Stacks.  */
+    StateStack    state_stack_;
+    SemanticStack semantic_stack_;
+    LocationStack location_stack_;
+
+    /* Tables.  */
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])[ pact_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])[ pact_ninf_;
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defact])[ defact_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto])[ pgoto_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto])[ defgoto_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table])[ table_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table])[ table_ninf_;
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_check])[ check_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r1])[ r1_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r2])[ r2_[];
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+    static const char* const name_[];
+#endif
+
+    /* More tables, for debugging.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+    static const RhsNumberType rhs_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])[ prhs_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_rline])[ rline_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])[ stos_[];
+    static const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum])[ token_number_[];
+#endif
+
+    /* Even more tables.  */
+    static inline TokenNumberType translate_ (int token);
+
+    /* Constants.  */
+    static const int eof_;
+    /* LAST_ -- Last index in TABLE_.  */
+    static const int last_;
+    static const int nnts_;
+    static const int empty_;
+    static const int final_;
+    static const int terror_;
+    static const int errcode_;
+    static const int ntokens_;
+    static const int initdepth_;
+    static const unsigned user_token_number_max_;
+    static const TokenNumberType undef_token_;
+
+    /* State.  */
+    int n_;
+    int len_;
+    int state_;
+
+    /* Debugging.  */
+    int debug_;
+    std::ostream &cdebug_;
+
+    /* Lookahead and lookahead in internal form.  */
+    int looka_;
+    int ilooka_;
+
+    /* Message.  */
+    std::string message;
+
+    /* Semantic value and location of lookahead token.  */
+    SemanticType value;
+    LocationType location;
+
+    /* @@$ and $$.  */
+    SemanticType yyval;
+    LocationType yyloc;
+
+    /* Initial location.  */
+    LocationType initlocation_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif /* ! defined PARSER_HEADER_H */]
+dnl
+@output @output_parser_name@
+b4_copyright([C++ Skeleton parser for LALR(1) parsing with Bison],
+             [2002])[
+
+#include @output_header_name@
+
+/* Enable debugging if requested.  */
+#if YYDEBUG
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (debug_) cdebug_
+#else /* !YYDEBUG */
+# define YYCDEBUG    if (0) cdebug_
+#endif /* !YYDEBUG */
+
+int
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::parse ()
+{
+  int nerrs = 0;
+  int errstatus = 0;
+
+  /* Initialize stack.  */
+  state_stack_ = StateStack (0);
+  semantic_stack_ = SemanticStack (1);
+  location_stack_ = LocationStack (1);
+
+  /* Start.  */
+  state_ = 0;
+  looka_ = empty_;
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  location = initlocation_;
+#endif
+  YYCDEBUG << "Starting parse" << std::endl;
+
+  /* New state.  */
+ yynewstate:
+  state_stack_.push (state_);
+  YYCDEBUG << "Entering state " << state_ << std::endl;
+  goto yybackup;
+
+  /* Backup.  */
+ yybackup:
+
+  /* Try to take a decision without lookahead.  */
+  n_ = pact_[state_];
+  if (n_ == pact_ninf_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Read a lookahead token.  */
+  if (looka_ == empty_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reading a token: ";
+      lex_ ();
+    }
+
+  /* Convert token to internal form.  */
+  if (looka_ <= 0)
+    {
+      looka_ = eof_;
+      ilooka_ = 0;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Now at end of input." << std::endl;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      ilooka_ = translate_ (looka_);
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Next token is " << looka_
+		 << " (" << name_[ilooka_];
+	  print_ ();
+	  YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  n_ += ilooka_;
+  if (n_ < 0 || last_ < n_ || check_[n_] != ilooka_)
+    goto yydefault;
+
+  /* Reduce or error.  */
+  n_ = table_[n_];
+  if (n_ < 0)
+    {
+      if (n_ == table_ninf_)
+	goto yyerrlab;
+      else
+	{
+	  n_ = -n_;
+	  goto yyreduce;
+	}
+    }
+  else if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+
+  /* Accept?  */
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  /* Shift the lookahead token.  */
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting token " << looka_
+	 << " (" << name_[ilooka_] << "), ";
+
+  /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof.  */
+  if (looka_ != eof_)
+    looka_ = empty_;
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error
+     status.  */
+  if (errstatus)
+    --errstatus;
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Default action.  */
+ yydefault:
+  n_ = defact_[state_];
+  if (n_ == 0)
+    goto yyerrlab;
+  goto yyreduce;
+
+  /* Reduce.  */
+ yyreduce:
+  len_ = r2_[n_];
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[len_ - 1];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[len_ - 1];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      yyval = semantic_stack_[0];
+      yyloc = location_stack_[0];
+    }
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "Reducing via rule " << n_ - 1
+	     << " (line " << rline_[n_] << "), ";
+      for (]b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])[ i = prhs_[n_];
+	   0 <= rhs_[i]; ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << name_[rhs_[i]] << ' ';
+      YYCDEBUG << "-> " << name_[r1_[n_]] << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (len_)
+    {
+      Slice< LocationType, LocationStack > slice (location_stack_, len_);
+      YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, slice, len_);
+    }
+
+  switch (n_)
+    {
+      ]b4_actions[
+    }
+
+]/* Line __line__ of lalr1.cc.  */
+b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])[
+
+  state_stack_.pop (len_);
+  semantic_stack_.pop (len_);
+  location_stack_.pop (len_);
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+  if (debug_)
+    {
+      YYCDEBUG << "state stack now";
+      for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	   i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+      YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (yyval);
+  location_stack_.push (yyloc);
+
+  /* Shift the result of the reduction.  */
+  n_ = r1_[n_];
+  state_ = pgoto_[n_ - ntokens_] + state_stack_[0];
+  if (0 <= state_ && state_ <= last_ && check_[state_] == state_stack_[0])
+    state_ = table_[state_];
+  else
+    state_ = defgoto_[n_ - ntokens_];
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Report and recover from errors.  This is very incomplete.  */
+ yyerrlab:
+  /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error.  */
+  if (!errstatus)
+    {
+      ++nerrs;
+
+#if YYERROR_VERBOSE
+      n_ = pact_[state_];
+      if (pact_ninf_ < n_ && n_ < last_)
+	{
+	  message = "syntax error, unexpected ";
+	  message += name_[ilooka_];
+	  {
+	    int count = 0;
+	    for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+	      if (check_[x + n_] == x && x != terror_)
+		++count;
+	    if (count < 5)
+	      {
+		count = 0;
+		for (int x = (n_ < 0 ? -n_ : 0); x < ntokens_ + nnts_; ++x)
+		  if (check_[x + n_] == x && x != terror_)
+		    {
+		      message += (!count++) ? ", expecting " : " or ";
+		      message += name_[x];
+		    }
+	      }
+	  }
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	message = "syntax error";
+      error_ ();
+    }
+  goto yyerrlab1;
+
+  /* Error raised explicitly by an action.  */
+ yyerrlab1:
+  if (errstatus == 3)
+    {
+      /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an
+	 error, discard it.  */
+
+      /* Return failure if at end of input.  */
+      if (looka_ == eof_)
+	goto yyabortlab;
+      YYCDEBUG << "Discarding token " << looka_
+	     << " (" << name_[ilooka_] << ")." << std::endl;
+      looka_ = empty_;
+    }
+
+  /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error
+     token.  */
+
+  errstatus = 3;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      n_ = pact_[state_];
+      if (n_ != pact_ninf_)
+	{
+	  n_ += terror_;
+	  if (0 <= n_ && n_ <= last_ && check_[n_] == terror_)
+	    {
+	      n_ = table_[n_];
+	      if (0 < n_)
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Pop the current state because it cannot handle the error token.  */
+      if (!state_stack_.height ())
+	goto yyabortlab;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  if (stos_[state_] < ntokens_)
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping token "
+		     << token_number_[stos_[state_]]
+		     << " (" << name_[stos_[state_]];
+# ifdef YYPRINT
+	      YYPRINT (stderr, token_number_[stos_[state_]],
+		       semantic_stack_.top ());
+# endif
+	      YYCDEBUG << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      YYCDEBUG << "Error: popping nonterminal ("
+		     << name_[stos_[state_]] << ')' << std::endl;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      state_ = (state_stack_.pop (), state_stack_[0]);
+      semantic_stack_.pop ();
+      location_stack_.pop ();;
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+      if (debug_)
+	{
+	  YYCDEBUG << "Error: state stack now";
+	  for (StateStack::ConstIterator i = state_stack_.begin ();
+	       i != state_stack_.end (); ++i)
+	    YYCDEBUG << ' ' << *i;
+	  YYCDEBUG << std::endl;
+	}
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (n_ == final_)
+    goto yyacceptlab;
+
+  YYCDEBUG << "Shifting error token, ";
+
+  semantic_stack_.push (value);
+  location_stack_.push (location);
+
+  state_ = n_;
+  goto yynewstate;
+
+  /* Accept.  */
+ yyacceptlab:
+  return 0;
+
+  /* Abort.  */
+ yyabortlab:
+  return 1;
+}
+
+void
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::lex_ ()
+{
+#if YYLSP_NEEDED
+  looka_ = yylex (&value, &location);
+#else
+  looka_ = yylex (&value);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* YYPACT[STATE-NUM] -- Index in YYTABLE of the portion describing
+   STATE-NUM.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact]) yy::b4_parser_class_name::pact_ninf_ = b4_pact_ninf[;
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pact])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::pact_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_pact[
+};
+
+/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE
+   doesn't specify something else to do.  Zero means the default is an
+   error.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defact])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::defact_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_defact[
+};
+
+/* YYPGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_pgoto])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::pgoto_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_pgoto[
+};
+
+/* YYDEFGOTO[NTERM-NUM].  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_defgoto])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::defgoto_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_defgoto[
+};
+
+/* YYTABLE[YYPACT[STATE-NUM]].  What to do in state STATE-NUM.  If
+   positive, shift that token.  If negative, reduce the rule which
+   number is the opposite.  If zero, do what YYDEFACT says.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table]) yy::b4_parser_class_name::table_ninf_ = b4_table_ninf[;
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_table])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::table_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_table[
+};
+
+/* YYCHECK.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_check])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::check_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_check[
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* STOS_[STATE-NUM] -- The (internal number of the) accessing
+   symbol of state STATE-NUM.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_stos])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::stos_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_stos[
+};
+
+/* TOKEN_NUMBER_[YYLEX-NUM] -- Internal token number corresponding
+   to YYLEX-NUM.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_toknum])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::token_number_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_toknum[
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r1])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::r1_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_r1[
+};
+
+/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_r2])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::r2_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_r2[
+};
+
+#if YYDEBUG || YYERROR_VERBOSE
+/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
+   First, the terminals, then, starting at YYNTOKENS, nonterminals. */
+const char*
+const yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::name_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_tname[
+};
+#endif
+
+#if YYDEBUG
+/* YYRHS -- A `-1'-separated list of the rules' RHS. */
+const yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::RhsNumberType
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::rhs_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_rhs[
+};
+
+/* YYPRHS[YYN] -- Index of the first RHS symbol of rule number YYN in
+   YYRHS.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_prhs])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::prhs_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_prhs[
+};
+
+/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined.  */
+const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_rline])[
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::rline_[] =
+{
+  ]b4_rline[
+};
+#endif
+
+/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison symbol number corresponding to YYLEX.  */
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::TokenNumberType
+yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::translate_ (int token)
+{
+  static
+  const TokenNumberType
+  translate_[] =
+  {
+    ]b4_translate[
+  };
+  if ((unsigned) token <= user_token_number_max_)
+    return translate_[token];
+  else
+    return undef_token_;
+}
+
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::eof_ = 0;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::last_ = ]b4_last[;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::nnts_ = ]b4_nterms_number[;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::empty_ = -2;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::final_ = ]b4_final_state_number[;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::terror_ = 1;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::errcode_ = 256;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::ntokens_ = ]b4_tokens_number[;
+const int yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::initdepth_ = ]b4_stack_depth_init[;
+
+const unsigned yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::user_token_number_max_ = ]b4_user_token_number_max[;
+const yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::TokenNumberType yy::]b4_parser_class_name[::undef_token_ = ]b4_undef_token_number[;
+
+]b4_epilogue
+dnl
+@output stack.hh
+b4_copyright([2002])[
+
+#ifndef BISON_STACK_HH
+# define BISON_STACK_HH
+
+#include <deque>
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  template < class T, class S = std::deque< T > >
+  class Stack
+  {
+  public:
+
+    typedef typename S::iterator Iterator;
+    typedef typename S::const_iterator ConstIterator;
+
+    Stack () : seq_ ()
+    {
+    }
+
+    Stack (unsigned n) : seq_ (n)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    T&
+    operator [] (unsigned index)
+    {
+      return seq_[index];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return seq_[index];
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    push (const T& t)
+    {
+      seq_.push_front (t);
+    }
+
+    inline
+    void
+    pop (unsigned n = 1)
+    {
+      for (; n; --n)
+	seq_.pop_front ();
+    }
+
+    inline
+    unsigned
+    height () const
+    {
+      return seq_.size ();
+    }
+
+    inline ConstIterator begin () const { return seq_.begin (); }
+    inline ConstIterator end () const { return seq_.end (); }
+
+  private:
+
+    S seq_;
+  };
+
+  template < class T, class S = Stack< T > >
+  class Slice
+  {
+  public:
+
+    Slice (const S& stack,
+	   unsigned range) : stack_ (stack),
+			     range_ (range)
+    {
+    }
+
+    inline
+    const T&
+    operator [] (unsigned index) const
+    {
+      return stack_[range_ - index];
+    }
+
+  private:
+
+    const S& stack_;
+    unsigned range_;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_STACK_HH]
+dnl
+@output location.hh
+b4_copyright([2002])[
+
+#ifndef BISON_LOCATION_HH
+# define BISON_LOCATION_HH
+
+namespace yy
+{
+  struct Position
+  {
+    int line;
+    int column;
+  };
+
+  struct Location
+  {
+    Position first;
+    Position last;
+  };
+}
+
+#endif // not BISON_LOCATION_HH]

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ bison.dvi
 bison.fn
 bison.ky
 bison.log
+bison.pdf
 bison.pg
 bison.ps
 bison.toc
@@ -14,3 +15,7 @@ bison.vr
 refcard.dvi
 refcard.log
 refcard.ps
+Makefile.in
+*.info*
+stamp-vti
+version.texi

doc/FAQ

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ A1.  If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, I can't
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Q2.  I can't build Bison because "make" complains that "msgfmt" is not
-     fund.  What should I do?
+     found.  What should I do?
 
 A2.  Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that
      feature is turned on by default.  If you have problems building

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = 1.4
 
 info_TEXINFOS = bison.texinfo
 man_MANS = bison.1
 bison_TEXINFOS = gpl.texi fdl.texi
 
-EXTRA_DIST = FAQ bison.1 bison.rnh refcard.tex
+EXTRA_DIST = FAQ bison.1 refcard.tex
 
 CLEANFILES = refcard.dvi refcard.log refcard.ps
 

doc/bison.1

@@ -59,6 +59,11 @@ bison \- GNU Project parser generator (yacc replacement)
 .B \-\-fixed-output-files
 ]
 file
+.br
+.B yacc
+[
+.I "similar options and operands"
+]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 .I Bison
 is a parser generator in the style of
@@ -76,7 +81,7 @@ Unlike
 the generated files do not have fixed names, but instead use the prefix
 of the input file.
 Moreover, if you need to put
-.IR C++
+.I C++
 code in the input file, you can end his name by a C++-like extension
 (.ypp or .y++), then bison will follow your extension to name the
 output file (.cpp or .c++).
@@ -86,10 +91,10 @@ would produce the generated parser in a file named
 .BR parse.tab.cxx ,
 instead of
 .IR yacc 's
-.BR y.tab.c 
+.B y.tab.c
 or old
-.IR Bison
+.I Bison
-versions
+version's
 .BR parse.tab.c .
 .PP
 This description of the options that can be given to
@@ -122,7 +127,7 @@ Specify a prefix to use for all
 .I bison
 output file names.  The names are
 chosen as if the input file were named
-\fIfile-prefix\fB.c\fR.
+\fIfile-prefix\fP\fB.c\fP.
 .TP
 .B \-d
 .br
@@ -135,10 +140,10 @@ as well as a few
 variable declarations.
 .sp
 If the parser output file is named
-\fIname\fB.c\fR
+.IB name .c
 then this file
 is named
-\fIname\fB.h\fR.
+\fIname\fP\fB.h\fP.
 .sp
 This output file is essential if you wish to put the definition of
 .B yylex
@@ -148,12 +153,12 @@ needs to be able to refer to token type codes and the variable
 .BR yylval .
 .TP
 .BI \-\-defines= defines-file
-The behaviour of
+The behavior of
-.BI \-\-defines 
+.B \-\-defines
 is the same than
-.BI \-d 
+.B \-d
 option.
-The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which is 
+The only difference is that it has an optional argument which is
 the name of the output filename.
 .TP
 .BI \-g
@@ -166,11 +171,11 @@ Bison. If the grammar file is
 .BR foo.vcg .
 .TP
 .BI \-\-graph= graph-file
-The behaviour of 
+The behavior of
 .BI \-\-graph
 is the same than
 .BI \-g
-option. The only difference is that it has an optionnal argument which 
+option.  The only difference is that it has an optional argument which
 is the name of the output graph filename.
 .TP
 .B \-k
@@ -178,7 +183,9 @@ is the name of the output graph filename.
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-token-table
-This switch causes the \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR output to include a list of
+This switch causes the
+.IB name .tab.c
+output to include a list of
 token names in order by their token numbers; this is defined in the array
 .IR yytname .
 Also generated
@@ -210,8 +217,12 @@ parser file, treating it an independent source file in its own right.
 .TP
 .B \-\-no-parser
 Do not generate the parser code into the output; generate only
-declarations.  The generated \fIname\fB.tab.c\fR file will have only
+declarations.  The generated
-constant declarations.  In addition, a \fIname\fB.act\fR file is
+.IB name .tab.c
+file will have only
+constant declarations.  In addition, a
+.IB name .act
+file is
 generated containing a switch statement body containing all the
 translated actions.
 .TP
@@ -262,9 +273,9 @@ and so on.
 .ns
 .TP
 .B \-\-debug
-Output a definition of the macro
+In the parser file, define the macro
 .B YYDEBUG
-into the parser file,
+to 1 if it is not already defined,
 so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
 .TP
 .B \-v
@@ -334,29 +345,16 @@ The purpose of this switch is to imitate
 .IR yacc 's
 output file name conventions.
 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for
+.I yacc
+and is often installed as
 .IR yacc :
 .sp
 .RS
 .ft B
-bison \-y $*
+bison \-y "$@"
 .ft R
 .sp
 .RE
-.SH FILES
-/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple	simple parser
-.br
-/usr/local/share/bison/bison.hairy	complicated parser
-.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
-.TP
-.SM BISON_SIMPLE
-If this is set, it specifies the location in which the
-.B bison.simple
-parser can be found.
-.TP
-.SM BISON_HAIRY
-If this is set, it specifies the location in which the
-.B bison.hairy
-parser can be found.
 .SH SEE ALSO
 .IR yacc (1)
 .br

doc/bison.rnh

@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-.!
-.!	RUNOFF source file for BISON.HLP 
-.!
-.!	This is a RUNOFF input file which will produce a VMS help file
-.!	for the VMS HELP library.
-.!
-.!	Eric Youngdale and Wilfred J. Hansen ([email protected]).
-.!
-.literal
-.end literal
-.no paging
-.no flags all
-.right margin 70
-.left margin 1
-
-.indent -1
-1 BISON
-.skip
- The BISON command invokes the GNU BISON parser generator.
-.skip
-.literal
-      BISON file-spec
-.end literal
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 Parameters
-.skip
- file-spec
-.skip
-Here file-spec is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
-.y.  The parser file's name is made by replacing the .y
-with _tab.c.  Thus, the command bison foo.y yields
-foo_tab.c.
-
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 Qualifiers
-.skip
- The following is the list of available qualifiers for BISON:
-.literal
-	/DEBUG
-	/DEFINES
-	/FILE_PREFIX=prefix
-	/FIXED_OUTFILES
-	/NAME_PREFIX=prefix
-	/NOLINES
-	/NOPARSER
-	/OUTPUT=outfilefile
-	/RAW
-	/TOKEN_TABLE
-	/VERBOSE
-	/VERSION
-	/YACC
-.end literal
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /DEBUG
-.skip
-Output a definition of the macro YYDEBUG into the parser file,
-so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /DEFINES
-.skip
-Write an extra output file containing macro definitions for the token
-type names defined in the grammar and the semantic value type
-YYSTYPE, as well as a extern variable declarations.
-.skip
-If the parser output file is named "name.c" then this file
-is named "name.h".
-.skip
-This output file is essential if you wish to put the definition of
-yylex in a separate source file, because yylex needs to
-be able to refer to token type codes and the variable
-yylval.
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /FILE_PREFIX
-.skip
-.literal
-  /FILIE_PREFIX=prefix
-.end literal
-.skip
-	Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names.  The names are
-chosen as if the input file were named prefix.c
-
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /FIXED_OUTFILES
-.skip
-Equivalent to /OUTPUT=y_tab.c; the parser output file is called
-y_tab.c, and the other outputs are called y.output and
-y_tab.h.  The purpose of this switch is to imitate Yacc's output
-file name conventions.  The /YACC qualifier is functionally equivalent
-to /FIXED_OUTFILES.  The following command definition will
-work as a substitute for Yacc:
-
-.literal
-$YACC:==BISON/FIXED_OUTFILES
-.end literal
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /NAME_PREFIX
-.skip
-.literal
-  /NAME_PREFIX=prefix
-.end literal
-.skip
-Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
-"prefix" instead of "yy".  The precise list of symbols renamed
-is yyparse, yylex, yyerror, yylval, yychar and yydebug.
-
-For example, if you use /NAME_PREFIX="c", the names become cparse,
-clex, and so on.
-
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /NOLINES
-.skip
-Don't put any "#line" preprocessor commands in the parser file.
-Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
-and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
-grammar file.  This option causes them to associate errors with the
-parser file, treating it an independent source file in its own right.
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /NOPARSER
-.skip
-Do not generate the parser code into the output;  generate only
-declarations.  The generated name_tab.c file will have only 
-constant declarations.  In addition, a name.act file is
-generated containing a switch statement body containing all the
-translated actions. 
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /OUTPUT
-.skip
-.literal
-  /OUTPUT=outfile
-.end literal
-.skip
-Specify the name "outfile" for the parser file.
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /RAW
-.skip
-When this switch is specified, the .tab.h file defines the tokens to
-have the bison token numbers rather than the yacc compatible numbers.
-To employ this switch you would have to have your own parser.
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /TOKEN_TABLE
-.skip
-This switch causes the name_tab.c output to include a list of 
-token names in order by their token numbers;  this is defined in the array 
-yytname.  Also generated are #defines for YYNTOKENS, YYNNTS, YYNRULES,
-and YYNSTATES.
-
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /VERBOSE
-.skip
-Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
-parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
-that state.
-.skip
-This file also describes all the conflicts, both those resolved by
-operator precedence and the unresolved ones.
-.skip
-The file's name is made by removing _tab.c or .c from
-the parser output file name, and adding .output instead.
-.skip
-Therefore, if the input file is foo.y, then the parser file is
-called foo_tab.c by default.  As a consequence, the verbose
-output file is called foo.output.
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /VERSION
-.skip
-Print the version number of Bison.
-
-.skip
-.indent -1
-2 /YACC
-.skip
-See /FIXED_OUTFILES.
-.skip
-.indent -1
-
-
-

doc/fdl.texi

@@ -1,11 +1,12 @@
+
 @node GNU Free Documentation License
 @appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
 
 @cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
-@center Version 1.1, March 2000
+@center Version 1.2, November 2002
 
 @display
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
 
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
@@ -17,12 +18,12 @@ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 PREAMBLE
 
 The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-written document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
-the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-modifications made by others.
+for modifications made by others.
 
 This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
 works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
@@ -40,57 +41,69 @@ principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
 @item
 APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
 
-This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-under the terms of this License.  The ``Document'', below, refers to any
+distributed under the terms of this License.  Such a notice grants a
-such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-addressed as ``you''.
+work under the conditions stated herein.  The ``Document'', below,
+refers to any such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a
+licensee, and is addressed as ``you''.  You accept the license if you
+copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
+under copyright law.
 
 A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
 Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
 modifications and/or translated into another language.
 
-A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
-the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
-(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
-within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+directly within that overall subject.  (Thus, if the Document is in
-textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
-mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+any mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
 connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
 commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
 them.
 
 The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
 are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License.
+that says that the Document is released under this License.  If a
+section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
+allowed to be designated as Invariant.  The Document may contain zero
+Invariant Sections.  If the Document does not identify any Invariant
+Sections then there are none.
 
 The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
 as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License.
+the Document is released under this License.  A Front-Cover Text may
+be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
 
 A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
 represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+general public, that is suitable for revising the document
 straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
 pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
 drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
 for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
 to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
+of text.  A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
 
 Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input format,
+@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
-@acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
+format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
-@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML} designed
+@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
-for human modification.  Opaque formats include PostScript,
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification.  Examples
-@acronym{PDF}, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
+of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
-proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} for which
+@acronym{JPG}.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
-the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are not generally available,
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
-and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML} produced by some word
+@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
-processors for output purposes only.
+not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
+PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+output purposes only.
 
 The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
 plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
@@ -99,6 +112,21 @@ formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
 the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
 preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
 
+A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
+title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
+text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
+specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.)  To ``Preserve the Title''
+of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
+section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
+
+The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
+states that this License applies to the Document.  These Warranty
+Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
+License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
+implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
+no effect on the meaning of this License.
+
 @item
 VERBATIM COPYING
 
@@ -118,9 +146,10 @@ you may publicly display copies.
 @item
 COPYING IN QUANTITY
 
-If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
+copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
 Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
 the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
 you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
@@ -138,16 +167,15 @@ pages.
 If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
 more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
 copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+edition to the public.
-the public.
 
 It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
 Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
@@ -175,7 +203,8 @@ if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
 List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
 responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
 Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
-Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
+unless they release you from this requirement.
 
 @item
 State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
@@ -201,10 +230,10 @@ and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
 Include an unaltered copy of this License.
 
 @item
-Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
+Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
-it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
 publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
-there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
 stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
 given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
 Version as stated in the previous sentence.
@@ -219,10 +248,10 @@ least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
 publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
 
 @item
-In any section entitled ``Acknowledgments'' or ``Dedications'',
+For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
-preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
-substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgments
+substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
-and/or dedications given therein.
+dedications given therein.
 
 @item
 Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
@@ -230,12 +259,15 @@ unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
 or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
 
 @item
-Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
 may not be included in the Modified Version.
 
 @item
-Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
+Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
-or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+
+@item
+Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
 @end enumerate
 
 If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
@@ -245,7 +277,7 @@ of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
 list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
 These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
 
-You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
 nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
 parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
 been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
@@ -273,7 +305,7 @@ License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
 versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
 Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
 list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice.
+license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
 
 The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
 multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
@@ -284,11 +316,11 @@ author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
 Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
 Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
 
-In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
+In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
-in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgments'',
+``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
-and any sections entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all sections
+and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all
-entitled ``Endorsements.''
+sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
 
 @item
 COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
@@ -309,18 +341,20 @@ AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
 
 A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
 and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
-of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-compilation.  Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
+of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+When the Document is included an aggregate, this License does not
-with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+derivative works of the Document.
 
 If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
+Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
+aggregate.
 
 @item
 TRANSLATION
@@ -331,10 +365,17 @@ Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
 permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
 translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
 original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
-translation of this License provided that you also include the
+translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+Document, and any Warrany Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-between the translation and the original English version of this
+the original English version of this License and the original versions
-License, the original English version will prevail.
+of those notices and disclaimers.  In case of a disagreement between
+the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
+or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
+
+If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
+its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
+title.
 
 @item
 TERMINATION
@@ -377,19 +418,28 @@ license notices just after the title page:
 @group
   Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
   or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-  with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
+  with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts.
-  Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
   A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
   Free Documentation License''.
 @end group
 @end smallexample
 
-If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
+If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
-Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
+
-``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+@smallexample
+@group
+    with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
+    the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
+    being @var{list}.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
+combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
+situation.
 
 If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
 recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
@@ -399,3 +449,4 @@ to permit their use in free software.
 @c Local Variables:
 @c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
 @c End:
+

doc/refcard.tex

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
 %\finalout
 
-% Copyright (c) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (c) 1998, 2001  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This file is part of Bison.
 %
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@
 % We only change the following to change the version numbers and
 % such.
 
-\def\bisonversion{1.20}                    % the bison version
+\def\bisonversion{1.31}                    % the bison version
 
-\def\refcardversion{0.4a}                   % reference card version
+\def\refcardversion{0.5}                   % reference card version
-\def\month{August}                       % month
+\def\month{November}                       % month
-\def\year{1998}                            % year
+\def\year{2001}                            % year
 \def\version{\month\ \year, Bison Refcard Version \refcardversion}
 
 % for copyright notices
@@ -316,7 +316,10 @@ Options can be used as: \kbd{bison {\it options} {\it filename}}
 \section{Command Line Options}
 %*****************************
 
+\key{Display usage information.}                         {-h}
+\key{Display version information.}                       {-V}
 \key{Generate token and {\tt YYSTYPE} definitions.}      {-d}
+\key{Prepend a prefix to external symbols.}              {-p {\it prefix}}
 \key{Don't put {\tt \#line} directives in the parser.}   {-l}
 \key{Specify the output file.}                           {-o {\it filename}}
 \key{Debug or {\it trace} mode.}                      {-t}
@@ -362,8 +365,8 @@ definition,  {\it n} is a {\it terminal} symbol name, {\it m} is a
 \vskip .10truein
 
 The {\tt <{\it t\/}>} after {\tt \%token, \%left, \%right} and {\tt
-\%nonassoc} is optional. Additionally, precedence may be overridden with
+  \%nonassoc} is optional. Additionally, precedence may be overridden
-embedded {\tt \%prec} commands.   
+in the rules with {\tt \%prec} commands.
 
 \section{Parser Definition Files}
 %*********************************
@@ -397,6 +400,7 @@ The general form for a parser definition is:
 
 Rules take the form:
 
+\vskip -\baselineskip
 \beginexample
      non-terminal : {\it statement} 1
                   | {\it statement} 2
@@ -439,15 +443,17 @@ For example:
 \key{Access data associated with a symbol.}  {\$\$, \$0\dots\${\it n}}
 \key{Access a field of the  data union.}    {\$\$.{\it t},
                                      \$0.{\it t}\dots\${\it n}.{\it t}}
-\key{Access data's line position.}          {@{\it n}.{\it line\_spec}}
+\key{Access symbol's location.}             {@\$, @0\dots@{\it n}}
-\key{Access data's column position.}        {@{\it n}.{\it column\_spec}} 
+\key{Access data's line location.}          {@{\it x}.{\it line\_spec}}
+\key{Access data's column location.}        {@{\it x}.{\it column\_spec}}
 
 
 \vskip .10truein
+%
 Where {\it t} is a type defined in the {\tt \%union}, {\it n} is a
-number, {\it line\_spec} one of {\tt first_line} and {\tt last_line},
+number, {\it x} is a number or \$, {\it line\_spec} one of {\tt
-and {\it column\_spec} is specified as either {\tt first_column} or {\tt
+  first_line} and {\tt last_line}, and {\it column\_spec} is specified
-last_column}. 
+as either {\tt first_column} or {\tt last_column}.
 
 \section {Variables and Types}
 %*****************************

intl/.cvsignore

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-Makefile

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 *_.c
 .deps
 Makefile
-ansi2knr
+Makefile.in

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,23 +1,63 @@
-## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
+## Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ansi2knr
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
 
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307  USA
+
+AM_CFLAGS = $(WARNING_CFLAGS)
+
+lib_LIBRARIES = liby.a
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libbison.a
 
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I$(top_srcdir)/src -I../intl
+# config.h is in build/., and system.h is in src/src/.
+INCLUDES = -I$(top_builddir)      \
+           -I$(top_srcdir)/src \
+           -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
+
+liby_a_SOURCES = main.c yyerror.c
 
 # Heck, we are still using an old version of Automake which does not
-# understand LIBOBJ additions using $objext...
+# understand inner AC_LIBOBJ (i.e., from Autoconf itself, not from
-
+# configure.in).
-EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c
+EXTRA_DIST = malloc.c realloc.c strnlen.c
 
 libbison_a_SOURCES = \
-  error.c error.h \
+  gettext.h \
+  basename.c dirname.h dirname.c \
+  get-errno.h get-errno.c \
   getopt.h getopt.c getopt1.c \
   hash.h hash.c \
-  obstack.h obstack.c \
+  mbswidth.h mbswidth.c \
   quote.h quote.c quotearg.h quotearg.c \
-  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c
+  subpipe.h subpipe.c unlocked-io.h \
+  xalloc.h xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrndup.c \
+  $(bitsets_sources) $(additional_bitsets_sources) $(timevars_sources)
 
-libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@
+# Implementation of bitsets
+bitsets_sources = \
+libiberty.h \
+abitset.c  bitset.c        bitset_stats.h  ebitset.c  lbitset.h \
+abitset.h  bitset.h        bitsetv.c       ebitset.h \
+bbitset.h  bitset_stats.c  bitsetv.h       lbitset.c
+
+# Additional bitset operations.
+additional_bitsets_sources = \
+	bitsetv-print.h bitsetv-print.c
+
+# timevars, stolen from GCC.
+timevars_sources = \
+	timevar.h timevar.c timevar.def
+
+libbison_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
 libbison_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libbison_a_LIBADD)

lib/abitset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,826 @@
+/* Array bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* This file implements fixed size bitsets stored as an array
+   of words.  Any unused bits in the last word must be zero.  */
+
+#define ABITSET_N_WORDS(N) (((N) + BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1) / BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+#define ABITSET_WORDS(X) ((X)->a.words)
+#define ABITSET_N_BITS(X) ((X)->a.n_bits)
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_size (bitset src)
+{
+  return ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_small_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
+		    bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex size;
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  word = ABITSET_WORDS (src)[0];
+
+  /* Short circuit common case.  */
+  if (!word)
+    return 0;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+  bitno = *next;
+  if (bitno >= size)
+    return 0;
+
+  word >>= bitno;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (num >= BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    list[count++] = bitno;
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (count = 0; word; bitno++)
+	{
+	  if (word & 1)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitno;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  bitno++;
+		  break;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word >>= 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitno;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_set (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
+     hit the cache.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+static void
+abitset_reset (bitset dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+	       bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
+     hit the cache.  */
+  abort ();
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset SRC.  */
+static int
+abitset_test (bitset src ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+	      bitset_bindex bitno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  /* This should never occur for abitsets since we should always
+     hit the cache.  */
+  abort ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET in reverse order, starting
+   from and including NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with
+   actual number of bits found and with *NEXT indicating where search
+   stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_list_reverse (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
+		      bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex rbitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  unsigned int bitcnt;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_bindex n_bits = ABITSET_N_BITS (src);
+
+  rbitno = *next;
+
+  /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+     of the word of interest.  */
+
+  if (rbitno >= n_bits)
+    return 0;
+
+  count = 0;
+
+  bitno = n_bits - (rbitno + 1);
+
+  windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitcnt = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+  do
+    {
+      bitset_word word;
+
+      word = srcp[windex] << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1 - bitcnt);
+      for (; word; bitcnt--)
+	{
+	  if (word & BITSET_MSB)
+	    {
+	      list[count++] = bitoff + bitcnt;
+	      if (count >= num)
+		{
+		  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + bitcnt);
+		  return count;
+		}
+	    }
+	  word <<= 1;
+	}
+      bitoff -= BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitcnt = BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1;
+    }
+  while (windex--);
+
+  *next = n_bits - (bitoff + 1);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+ *NEXT and store in array LIST.  Return with actual number of bits
+ found and with *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+static bitset_bindex
+abitset_list (bitset src, bitset_bindex *list,
+	      bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex bitno;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_windex windex;
+  bitset_bindex bitoff;
+  bitset_windex size = src->b.csize;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word word;
+
+  bitno = *next;
+
+  count = 0;
+  if (!bitno)
+    {
+      /* Many bitsets are zero, so make this common case fast.  */
+      for (windex = 0; windex < size && !srcp[windex]; windex++)
+	continue;
+      if (windex >= size)
+	return 0;
+
+      /* If num is 1, we could speed things up with a binary search
+	 of the current word.  */
+
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (bitno >= ABITSET_N_BITS (src))
+	return 0;
+
+      windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+      bitno = bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+
+      if (bitno)
+	{
+	  /* Handle the case where we start within a word.
+	     Most often, this is executed with large bitsets
+	     with many set bits where we filled the array
+	     on the previous call to this function.  */
+
+	  bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+	  word = srcp[windex] >> bitno;
+	  for (bitno = bitoff + bitno; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	  windex++;
+	}
+      bitoff = windex * BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+    }
+
+  for (; windex < size; windex++, bitoff += BITSET_WORD_BITS)
+    {
+      if (!(word = srcp[windex]))
+	continue;
+
+      if ((count + BITSET_WORD_BITS) < num)
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		list[count++] = bitno;
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (bitno = bitoff; word; bitno++)
+	    {
+	      if (word & 1)
+		{
+		  list[count++] = bitno;
+		  if (count >= num)
+		    {
+		      *next = bitno + 1;
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		}
+	      word >>= 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *next = bitoff;
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* Ensure that any unused bits within the last word are clear.  */
+static inline void
+abitset_unused_clear (bitset dst)
+{
+  unsigned int last_bit;
+
+  last_bit = ABITSET_N_BITS (dst) % BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  if (last_bit)
+    ABITSET_WORDS (dst)[dst->b.csize - 1] &=
+      ((bitset_word) 1 << last_bit) - 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_ones (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  memset (dstp, -1, bytes);
+  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_zero (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  bytes = sizeof (bitset_word) * dst->b.csize;
+
+  memset (dstp, 0, bytes);
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_empty_p (bitset dst)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < dst->b.csize; i++)
+    if (dstp[i])
+      return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_copy1 (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  if (srcp == dstp)
+      return;
+  memcpy (dstp, srcp, sizeof (bitset_word) * size);
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = ~(*srcp++);
+  abitset_unused_clear (dst);
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      if (*srcp++ != *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++, srcp++)
+      if (*dstp != (*srcp | *dstp))
+	  return 0;
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *srcp = ABITSET_WORDS (src);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      if (*srcp++ & *dstp++)
+	  return 0;
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ & ~(*src2p++);
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ | *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = *src1p++ ^ *src2p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & *src2p++) | *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ & ~(*src2p++)) | *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+      *dstp++ = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+}
+
+
+static int
+abitset_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+  int changed = 0;
+  bitset_word *src1p = ABITSET_WORDS (src1);
+  bitset_word *src2p = ABITSET_WORDS (src2);
+  bitset_word *src3p = ABITSET_WORDS (src3);
+  bitset_word *dstp = ABITSET_WORDS (dst);
+  bitset_windex size = dst->b.csize;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < size; i++, dstp++)
+    {
+      bitset_word tmp = (*src1p++ | *src2p++) & *src3p++;
+
+      if (*dstp != tmp)
+	{
+	  changed = 1;
+	  *dstp = tmp;
+	}
+    }
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+abitset_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  if (BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (dst, src))
+      abitset_copy1 (dst, src);
+  else
+      bitset_copy_ (dst, src);
+}
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for single word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable abitset_small_vtable = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  bitset_count_,
+  abitset_empty_p,
+  abitset_ones,
+  abitset_zero,
+  abitset_copy,
+  abitset_disjoint_p,
+  abitset_equal_p,
+  abitset_not,
+  abitset_subset_p,
+  abitset_and,
+  abitset_and_cmp,
+  abitset_andn,
+  abitset_andn_cmp,
+  abitset_or,
+  abitset_or_cmp,
+  abitset_xor,
+  abitset_xor_cmp,
+  abitset_and_or,
+  abitset_and_or_cmp,
+  abitset_andn_or,
+  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
+  abitset_or_and,
+  abitset_or_and_cmp,
+  abitset_small_list,
+  abitset_list_reverse,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+/* Vector of operations for multiple word bitsets.  */
+struct bitset_vtable abitset_vtable = {
+  abitset_set,
+  abitset_reset,
+  bitset_toggle_,
+  abitset_test,
+  abitset_size,
+  bitset_count_,
+  abitset_empty_p,
+  abitset_ones,
+  abitset_zero,
+  abitset_copy,
+  abitset_disjoint_p,
+  abitset_equal_p,
+  abitset_not,
+  abitset_subset_p,
+  abitset_and,
+  abitset_and_cmp,
+  abitset_andn,
+  abitset_andn_cmp,
+  abitset_or,
+  abitset_or_cmp,
+  abitset_xor,
+  abitset_xor_cmp,
+  abitset_and_or,
+  abitset_and_or_cmp,
+  abitset_andn_or,
+  abitset_andn_or_cmp,
+  abitset_or_and,
+  abitset_or_and_cmp,
+  abitset_list,
+  abitset_list_reverse,
+  NULL,
+  BITSET_ARRAY
+};
+
+
+size_t
+abitset_bytes (bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+  size_t bytes;
+  size_t header_size = offsetof (union bitset_union, a.words);
+  struct bitset_align_struct { char a; union bitset_union b; };
+  size_t bitset_alignment = offsetof (struct bitset_align_struct, b);
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  bytes = header_size + size * sizeof (bitset_word);
+
+  /* Align the size properly for a vector of abitset objects.  */
+  if (header_size % bitset_alignment != 0
+      || sizeof (bitset_word) % bitset_alignment != 0)
+    {
+      bytes += bitset_alignment - 1;
+      bytes -= bytes % bitset_alignment;
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+bitset
+abitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  bitset_windex size;
+
+  size = ABITSET_N_WORDS (n_bits);
+  ABITSET_N_BITS (bset) = n_bits;
+
+  /* Use optimized routines if bitset fits within a single word.
+     There is probably little merit if using caching since
+     the small bitset will always fit in the cache.  */
+  if (size == 1)
+    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_small_vtable;
+  else
+    bset->b.vtable = &abitset_vtable;
+
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = size;
+  bset->b.cdata = ABITSET_WORDS (bset);
+  return bset;
+}

lib/abitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Functions to support abitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _ABITSET_H
+#define _ABITSET_H 
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t abitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset abitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+#endif

lib/alloca.c

@@ -25,15 +25,23 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
+# include "lisp.h"
 # include "blockinput.h"
+# define xalloc_die() memory_full ()
+# ifdef EMACS_FREE
+#  undef free
+#  define free EMACS_FREE
+# endif
+#else
+# include <xalloc.h>
 #endif
 
 /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
@@ -53,6 +61,8 @@
 you
 lose
 -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
+/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
+   old and obscure compilers.  */
 #    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
 #   endif /* static */
 #  endif /* emacs */
@@ -67,31 +77,19 @@ long i00afunc ();
 #   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
 #  endif
 
-#if __STDC__
+#  ifndef POINTER_TYPE
-typedef void *pointer;
+#   ifdef __STDC__
+#    define POINTER_TYPE void
 #   else
-typedef char *pointer;
+#    define POINTER_TYPE char
 #   endif
+#  endif
+typedef POINTER_TYPE *pointer;
 
 #  ifndef NULL
 #   define NULL 0
 #  endif
 
-/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
-   malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
-   ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals.  On the other
-   hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of
-   them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine.
-
-   Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc.
-
-   Callers below should use malloc.  */
-
-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
-extern pointer malloc ();
-
 /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
    growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
    deduced at run-time.
@@ -169,7 +167,7 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
 
 pointer
 alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
+     size_t size;
 {
   auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
   register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
@@ -215,8 +213,14 @@ alloca (size)
   /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
 
   {
-    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
     /* Address of header.  */
+    register pointer new;
+
+    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
+    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
+      xalloc_die ();
+
+    new = xmalloc (combined_size);
 
     if (new == 0)
       abort();

lib/ansi2knr.1

@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-.TH ANSI2KNR 1 "19 Jan 1996"
-.SH NAME
-ansi2knr \- convert ANSI C to Kernighan & Ritchie C
-.SH SYNOPSIS
-.I ansi2knr
-[--varargs] input_file [output_file]
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
-.br
-There are no error messages.
-.sp
-.I ansi2knr
-recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword identifier at the left
-margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a right parenthesis as the last
-character on the line, and with a left brace as the first token on the
-following line (ignoring possible intervening comments).  It will recognize a
-multi-line header provided that no intervening line ends with a left or right
-brace or a semicolon.  These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except
-that the function name must be the first thing on the line.
-.sp
-The following constructs will confuse it:
-.br
-     - Any other construct that starts at the left margin and follows the
-above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
-.br
-     - Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
-.sp
-The --varargs switch is obsolete, and is recognized only for
-backwards compatibility.  The present version of
-.I ansi2knr
-will always attempt to convert a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl.
-.SH AUTHOR
-L. Peter Deutsch <[email protected]> wrote the original ansi2knr and
-continues to maintain the current version; most of the code in the current
-version is his work.  ansi2knr also includes contributions by Francois
-Pinard <[email protected]> and Jim Avera <[email protected]>.

lib/ansi2knr.c

@@ -1,609 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1997, 1998 Aladdin Enterprises.  All rights reserved. */
-
-/*$Id$*/
-/* Convert ANSI C function definitions to K&R ("traditional C") syntax */
-
-/*
-ansi2knr is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
-WARRANTY.  No author or distributor accepts responsibility to anyone for the
-consequences of using it or for whether it serves any particular purpose or
-works at all, unless he says so in writing.  Refer to the GNU General Public
-License (the "GPL") for full details.
-
-Everyone is granted permission to copy, modify and redistribute ansi2knr,
-but only under the conditions described in the GPL.  A copy of this license
-is supposed to have been given to you along with ansi2knr so you can know
-your rights and responsibilities.  It should be in a file named COPYLEFT,
-or, if there is no file named COPYLEFT, a file named COPYING.  Among other
-things, the copyright notice and this notice must be preserved on all
-copies.
-
-We explicitly state here what we believe is already implied by the GPL: if
-the ansi2knr program is distributed as a separate set of sources and a
-separate executable file which are aggregated on a storage medium together
-with another program, this in itself does not bring the other program under
-the GPL, nor does the mere fact that such a program or the procedures for
-constructing it invoke the ansi2knr executable bring any other part of the
-program under the GPL.
-*/
-
-/*
- * Usage:
-	ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]
- * --filename provides the file name for the #line directive in the output,
- * overriding input_file (if present).
- * If no input_file is supplied, input is read from stdin.
- * If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
- * There are no error messages.
- *
- * ansi2knr recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword
- * identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis,
- * with a right parenthesis as the last character on the line,
- * and with a left brace as the first token on the following line
- * (ignoring possible intervening comments), except that a line
- * consisting of only
- *	identifier1(identifier2)
- * will not be considered a function definition unless identifier2 is
- * the word "void".  ansi2knr will recognize a multi-line header provided
- * that no intervening line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon.
- * These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except that
- * the function name must be the first thing on the line.
- * The following constructs will confuse it:
- *	- Any other construct that starts at the left margin and
- *	    follows the above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
- *	- Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
- */
-
-/*
- * The original and principal author of ansi2knr is L. Peter Deutsch
- * <[email protected]>.  Other authors are noted in the change history
- * that follows (in reverse chronological order):
-	lpd 1998-11-09 added further hack to recognize identifier(void)
-		as being a procedure
-	lpd 1998-10-23 added hack to recognize lines consisting of
-		identifier1(identifier2) as *not* being procedures
-	lpd 1997-12-08 made input_file optional; only closes input and/or
-		output file if not stdin or stdout respectively; prints
-		usage message on stderr rather than stdout; adds
-		--filename switch (changes suggested by
-		<[email protected]>)
-	lpd 1996-01-21 added code to cope with not HAVE_CONFIG_H and with
-		compilers that don't understand void, as suggested by
-		Tom Lane
-	lpd 1996-01-15 changed to require that the first non-comment token
-		on the line following a function header be a left brace,
-		to reduce sensitivity to macros, as suggested by Tom Lane
-		<[email protected]>
-	lpd 1995-06-22 removed #ifndefs whose sole purpose was to define
-		undefined preprocessor symbols as 0; changed all #ifdefs
-		for configuration symbols to #ifs
-	lpd 1995-04-05 changed copyright notice to make it clear that
-		including ansi2knr in a program does not bring the entire
-		program under the GPL
-	lpd 1994-12-18 added conditionals for systems where ctype macros
-		don't handle 8-bit characters properly, suggested by
-		Francois Pinard <[email protected]>;
-		removed --varargs switch (this is now the default)
-	lpd 1994-10-10 removed CONFIG_BROKETS conditional
-	lpd 1994-07-16 added some conditionals to help GNU `configure',
-		suggested by Francois Pinard <[email protected]>;
-		properly erase prototype args in function parameters,
-		contributed by Jim Avera <[email protected]>;
-		correct error in writeblanks (it shouldn't erase EOLs)
-	lpd 1989-xx-xx original version
- */
-
-/* Most of the conditionals here are to make ansi2knr work with */
-/* or without the GNU configure machinery. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-
-/*
-   For properly autoconfiguring ansi2knr, use AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h).
-   This will define HAVE_CONFIG_H and so, activate the following lines.
- */
-
-# if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
-#  include <string.h>
-# else
-#  include <strings.h>
-# endif
-
-#else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
-
-/* Otherwise do it the hard way */
-
-# ifdef BSD
-#  include <strings.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef VMS
-    extern int strlen(), strncmp();
-#  else
-#   include <string.h>
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-#endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-/*
-   malloc and free should be declared in stdlib.h,
-   but if you've got a K&R compiler, they probably aren't.
- */
-# ifdef MSDOS
-#  include <malloc.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef VMS
-     extern char *malloc();
-     extern void free();
-#  else
-     extern char *malloc();
-     extern int free();
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The ctype macros don't always handle 8-bit characters correctly.
- * Compensate for this here.
- */
-#ifdef isascii
-#  undef HAVE_ISASCII		/* just in case */
-#  define HAVE_ISASCII 1
-#else
-#endif
-#if STDC_HEADERS || !HAVE_ISASCII
-#  define is_ascii(c) 1
-#else
-#  define is_ascii(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
-
-#define is_space(c) (is_ascii(c) && isspace(c))
-#define is_alpha(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalpha(c))
-#define is_alnum(c) (is_ascii(c) && isalnum(c))
-
-/* Scanning macros */
-#define isidchar(ch) (is_alnum(ch) || (ch) == '_')
-#define isidfirstchar(ch) (is_alpha(ch) || (ch) == '_')
-
-/* Forward references */
-char *skipspace();
-int writeblanks();
-int test1();
-int convert1();
-
-/* The main program */
-int
-main(argc, argv)
-    int argc;
-    char *argv[];
-{	FILE *in = stdin;
-	FILE *out = stdout;
-	char *filename = 0;
-#define bufsize 5000			/* arbitrary size */
-	char *buf;
-	char *line;
-	char *more;
-	char *usage =
-	  "Usage: ansi2knr [--filename FILENAME] [INPUT_FILE [OUTPUT_FILE]]\n";
-	/*
-	 * In previous versions, ansi2knr recognized a --varargs switch.
-	 * If this switch was supplied, ansi2knr would attempt to convert
-	 * a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl; if this switch was not
-	 * supplied, ansi2knr would simply drop any such arguments.
-	 * Now, ansi2knr always does this conversion, and we only
-	 * check for this switch for backward compatibility.
-	 */
-	int convert_varargs = 1;
-
-	while ( argc > 1 && argv[1][0] == '-' ) {
-	  if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--varargs") ) {
-	    convert_varargs = 1;
-	    argc--;
-	    argv++;
-	    continue;
-	  }
-	  if ( !strcmp(argv[1], "--filename") && argc > 2 ) {
-	    filename = argv[2];
-	    argc -= 2;
-	    argv += 2;
-	    continue;
-	  }
-	  fprintf(stderr, "Unrecognized switch: %s\n", argv[1]);
-	  fprintf(stderr, usage);
-	  exit(1);
-	}
-	switch ( argc )
-	   {
-	default:
-		fprintf(stderr, usage);
-		exit(0);
-	case 3:
-		out = fopen(argv[2], "w");
-		if ( out == NULL ) {
-		  fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open output file %s\n", argv[2]);
-		  exit(1);
-		}
-		/* falls through */
-	case 2:
-		in = fopen(argv[1], "r");
-		if ( in == NULL ) {
-		  fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open input file %s\n", argv[1]);
-		  exit(1);
-		}
-		if ( filename == 0 )
-		  filename = argv[1];
-		/* falls through */
-	case 1:
-		break;
-	   }
-	if ( filename )
-	  fprintf(out, "#line 1 \"%s\"\n", filename);
-	buf = malloc(bufsize);
-	line = buf;
-	while ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) != NULL )
-	   {
-test:		line += strlen(line);
-		switch ( test1(buf) )
-		   {
-		case 2:			/* a function header */
-			convert1(buf, out, 1, convert_varargs);
-			break;
-		case 1:			/* a function */
-			/* Check for a { at the start of the next line. */
-			more = ++line;
-f:			if ( line >= buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
-			  goto wl;
-			if ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) == NULL )
-			  goto wl;
-			switch ( *skipspace(more, 1) )
-			  {
-			  case '{':
-			    /* Definitely a function header. */
-			    convert1(buf, out, 0, convert_varargs);
-			    fputs(more, out);
-			    break;
-			  case 0:
-			    /* The next line was blank or a comment: */
-			    /* keep scanning for a non-comment. */
-			    line += strlen(line);
-			    goto f;
-			  default:
-			    /* buf isn't a function header, but */
-			    /* more might be. */
-			    fputs(buf, out);
-			    strcpy(buf, more);
-			    line = buf;
-			    goto test;
-			  }
-			break;
-		case -1:		/* maybe the start of a function */
-			if ( line != buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
-			  continue;
-			/* falls through */
-		default:		/* not a function */
-wl:			fputs(buf, out);
-			break;
-		   }
-		line = buf;
-	   }
-	if ( line != buf )
-	  fputs(buf, out);
-	free(buf);
-	if ( out != stdout )
-	  fclose(out);
-	if ( in != stdin )
-	  fclose(in);
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/* Skip over space and comments, in either direction. */
-char *
-skipspace(p, dir)
-    register char *p;
-    register int dir;			/* 1 for forward, -1 for backward */
-{	for ( ; ; )
-	   {	while ( is_space(*p) )
-		  p += dir;
-		if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') )
-		  break;
-		p += dir;  p += dir;
-		while ( !(*p == '*' && p[dir] == '/') )
-		   {	if ( *p == 0 )
-			  return p;	/* multi-line comment?? */
-			p += dir;
-		   }
-		p += dir;  p += dir;
-	   }
-	return p;
-}
-
-/*
- * Write blanks over part of a string.
- * Don't overwrite end-of-line characters.
- */
-int
-writeblanks(start, end)
-    char *start;
-    char *end;
-{	char *p;
-	for ( p = start; p < end; p++ )
-	  if ( *p != '\r' && *p != '\n' )
-	    *p = ' ';
-	return 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Test whether the string in buf is a function definition.
- * The string may contain and/or end with a newline.
- * Return as follows:
- *	0 - definitely not a function definition;
- *	1 - definitely a function definition;
- *	2 - definitely a function prototype (NOT USED);
- *	-1 - may be the beginning of a function definition,
- *		append another line and look again.
- * The reason we don't attempt to convert function prototypes is that
- * Ghostscript's declaration-generating macros look too much like
- * prototypes, and confuse the algorithms.
- */
-int
-test1(buf)
-    char *buf;
-{	register char *p = buf;
-	char *bend;
-	char *endfn;
-	int contin;
-
-	if ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
-	  return 0;		/* no name at left margin */
-	bend = skipspace(buf + strlen(buf) - 1, -1);
-	switch ( *bend )
-	   {
-	   case ';': contin = 0 /*2*/; break;
-	   case ')': contin = 1; break;
-	   case '{': return 0;		/* not a function */
-	   case '}': return 0;		/* not a function */
-	   default: contin = -1;
-	   }
-	while ( isidchar(*p) )
-	  p++;
-	endfn = p;
-	p = skipspace(p, 1);
-	if ( *p++ != '(' )
-	  return 0;		/* not a function */
-	p = skipspace(p, 1);
-	if ( *p == ')' )
-	  return 0;		/* no parameters */
-	/* Check that the apparent function name isn't a keyword. */
-	/* We only need to check for keywords that could be followed */
-	/* by a left parenthesis (which, unfortunately, is most of them). */
-	   {	static char *words[] =
-		   {	"asm", "auto", "case", "char", "const", "double",
-			"extern", "float", "for", "if", "int", "long",
-			"register", "return", "short", "signed", "sizeof",
-			"static", "switch", "typedef", "unsigned",
-			"void", "volatile", "while", 0
-		   };
-		char **key = words;
-		char *kp;
-		int len = endfn - buf;
-
-		while ( (kp = *key) != 0 )
-		   {	if ( strlen(kp) == len && !strncmp(kp, buf, len) )
-			  return 0;	/* name is a keyword */
-			key++;
-		   }
-	   }
-	   {
-	       char *id = p;
-	       int len;
-	       /*
-		* Check for identifier1(identifier2) and not
-		* identifier1(void).
-		*/
-
-	       while ( isidchar(*p) )
-		   p++;
-	       len = p - id;
-	       p = skipspace(p, 1);
-	       if ( *p == ')' && (len != 4 || strncmp(id, "void", 4)) )
-		   return 0;	/* not a function */
-	   }
-	/*
-	 * If the last significant character was a ), we need to count
-	 * parentheses, because it might be part of a formal parameter
-	 * that is a procedure.
-	 */
-	if (contin > 0) {
-	    int level = 0;
-
-	    for (p = skipspace(buf, 1); *p; p = skipspace(p + 1, 1))
-		level += (*p == '(' ? 1 : *p == ')' ? -1 : 0);
-	    if (level > 0)
-		contin = -1;
-	}
-	return contin;
-}
-
-/* Convert a recognized function definition or header to K&R syntax. */
-int
-convert1(buf, out, header, convert_varargs)
-    char *buf;
-    FILE *out;
-    int header;			/* Boolean */
-    int convert_varargs;	/* Boolean */
-{	char *endfn;
-	register char *p;
-	/*
-	 * The breaks table contains pointers to the beginning and end
-	 * of each argument.
-	 */
-	char **breaks;
-	unsigned num_breaks = 2;	/* for testing */
-	char **btop;
-	char **bp;
-	char **ap;
-	char *vararg = 0;
-
-	/* Pre-ANSI implementations don't agree on whether strchr */
-	/* is called strchr or index, so we open-code it here. */
-	for ( endfn = buf; *(endfn++) != '('; )
-	  ;
-top:	p = endfn;
-	breaks = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * num_breaks * 2);
-	if ( breaks == 0 )
-	   {	/* Couldn't allocate break table, give up */
-		fprintf(stderr, "Unable to allocate break table!\n");
-		fputs(buf, out);
-		return -1;
-	   }
-	btop = breaks + num_breaks * 2 - 2;
-	bp = breaks;
-	/* Parse the argument list */
-	do
-	   {	int level = 0;
-		char *lp = NULL;
-		char *rp;
-		char *end = NULL;
-
-		if ( bp >= btop )
-		   {	/* Filled up break table. */
-			/* Allocate a bigger one and start over. */
-			free((char *)breaks);
-			num_breaks <<= 1;
-			goto top;
-		   }
-		*bp++ = p;
-		/* Find the end of the argument */
-		for ( ; end == NULL; p++ )
-		   {	switch(*p)
-			   {
-			   case ',':
-				if ( !level ) end = p;
-				break;
-			   case '(':
-				if ( !level ) lp = p;
-				level++;
-				break;
-			   case ')':
-				if ( --level < 0 ) end = p;
-				else rp = p;
-				break;
-			   case '/':
-				p = skipspace(p, 1) - 1;
-				break;
-			   default:
-				;
-			   }
-		   }
-		/* Erase any embedded prototype parameters. */
-		if ( lp )
-		  writeblanks(lp + 1, rp);
-		p--;			/* back up over terminator */
-		/* Find the name being declared. */
-		/* This is complicated because of procedure and */
-		/* array modifiers. */
-		for ( ; ; )
-		   {	p = skipspace(p - 1, -1);
-			switch ( *p )
-			   {
-			   case ']':	/* skip array dimension(s) */
-			   case ')':	/* skip procedure args OR name */
-			   {	int level = 1;
-				while ( level )
-				 switch ( *--p )
-				   {
-				   case ']': case ')': level++; break;
-				   case '[': case '(': level--; break;
-				   case '/': p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1; break;
-				   default: ;
-				   }
-			   }
-				if ( *p == '(' && *skipspace(p + 1, 1) == '*' )
-				   {	/* We found the name being declared */
-					while ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
-					  p = skipspace(p, 1) + 1;
-					goto found;
-				   }
-				break;
-			   default:
-				goto found;
-			   }
-		   }
-found:		if ( *p == '.' && p[-1] == '.' && p[-2] == '.' )
-		  {	if ( convert_varargs )
-			  {	*bp++ = "va_alist";
-				vararg = p-2;
-			  }
-			else
-			  {	p++;
-				if ( bp == breaks + 1 )	/* sole argument */
-				  writeblanks(breaks[0], p);
-				else
-				  writeblanks(bp[-1] - 1, p);
-				bp--;
-			  }
-		   }
-		else
-		   {	while ( isidchar(*p) ) p--;
-			*bp++ = p+1;
-		   }
-		p = end;
-	   }
-	while ( *p++ == ',' );
-	*bp = p;
-	/* Make a special check for 'void' arglist */
-	if ( bp == breaks+2 )
-	   {	p = skipspace(breaks[0], 1);
-		if ( !strncmp(p, "void", 4) )
-		   {	p = skipspace(p+4, 1);
-			if ( p == breaks[2] - 1 )
-			   {	bp = breaks;	/* yup, pretend arglist is empty */
-				writeblanks(breaks[0], p + 1);
-			   }
-		   }
-	   }
-	/* Put out the function name and left parenthesis. */
-	p = buf;
-	while ( p != endfn ) putc(*p, out), p++;
-	/* Put out the declaration. */
-	if ( header )
-	  {	fputs(");", out);
-		for ( p = breaks[0]; *p; p++ )
-		  if ( *p == '\r' || *p == '\n' )
-		    putc(*p, out);
-	  }
-	else
-	  {	for ( ap = breaks+1; ap < bp; ap += 2 )
-		  {	p = *ap;
-			while ( isidchar(*p) )
-			  putc(*p, out), p++;
-			if ( ap < bp - 1 )
-			  fputs(", ", out);
-		  }
-		fputs(")  ", out);
-		/* Put out the argument declarations */
-		for ( ap = breaks+2; ap <= bp; ap += 2 )
-		  (*ap)[-1] = ';';
-		if ( vararg != 0 )
-		  {	*vararg = 0;
-			fputs(breaks[0], out);		/* any prior args */
-			fputs("va_dcl", out);		/* the final arg */
-			fputs(bp[0], out);
-		  }
-		else
-		  fputs(breaks[0], out);
-	  }
-	free((char *)breaks);
-	return 0;
-}

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "argmatch.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
+{
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
+  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
+  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
+  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
+
+  arglen = strlen (arg);
+
+  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
+	{
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
+	    /* Exact match found.  */
+	    return i;
+	  else if (matchind == -1)
+	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
+	    matchind = i;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  if (ambiguous)
+    return -2;
+  else
+    return matchind;
+}
+
+/* Error reporting for argmatch.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
+   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
+
+void
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
+{
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+	 quote_n (1, context));
+}
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+			     backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+			     backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <[email protected]> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof (Array) / sizeof *(Array))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  (ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Arglist) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY (Vallist) + 1)
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  ARGMATCH_VERIFY is
+   preferred, since it is guaranteed to be checked at compile-time.
+   ARGMATCH_ASSERT is for backward compatibility only.  */
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VERIFY(Arglist, Vallist)				  \
+  struct argmatch_verify						  \
+  {									  \
+    char argmatch_verify[ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT(Arglist, Vallist) ? 1 : -1]; \
+  }
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  assert (ARGMATCH_CONSTRAINT (Arglist, Vallist))
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch (char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
+	      char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch (Arg, Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) (void);
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid (char const *context, char const *value, int problem);
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid (Context, Value, Problem)
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid (char const *const *arglist,
+		     char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal (char const *context,
+			  char const *arg, char const *const *arglist,
+			  char const *vallist, size_t valsize,
+			  argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn);
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  ((Vallist) [__xargmatch_internal (Context, Arg, Arglist,	\
+				    (char const *) (Vallist),	\
+				    sizeof *(Vallist),		\
+				    argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+char const *argmatch_to_argument (char const *value,
+				  char const *const *arglist,
+				  char const *vallist, size_t valsize);
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument (Value, Arglist,					\
+			(char const *) (Vallist), sizeof *(Vallist))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

lib/basename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#include "dirname.h"
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */
+
+char *
+base_name (char const *name)
+{
+  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  char const *p;
+
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));
+
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return (char *) base;
+}
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}

lib/bbitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/* Base bitset stuff.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BBITSET_H
+#define _BBITSET_H
+
+#include "libiberty.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Currently we support three flavours of bitsets:
+   BITSET_ARRAY:  Array of bits (fixed size, fast for dense bitsets).
+   BITSET_LIST:   Linked list of array of bits (variable size, least storage
+		  for large very sparse sets).
+   BITSET_TABLE:  Expandable table of pointers to array of bits
+		  (variable size, less storage for large sparse sets).
+
+   BITSET_STATS:  Wrapper bitset for internal use only.
+*/
+enum bitset_type {BITSET_ARRAY, BITSET_LIST, BITSET_TABLE, BITSET_TYPE_NUM,
+		  BITSET_STATS};
+#define BITSET_TYPE_NAMES {"abitset", "lbitset", "ebitset"}
+
+extern const char * const bitset_type_names[];
+
+enum bitset_alloc_type {BITSET_MALLOC, BITSET_OBALLOC};
+
+/* Data type used to store a word of bits.  */
+typedef unsigned long bitset_word;
+#define BITSET_WORD_BITS ((unsigned) (CHAR_BIT * sizeof (bitset_word)))
+
+/* Bit index.  In theory we might need a type wider than size_t, but
+   in practice we lose at most a factor of CHAR_BIT by going with
+   size_t, and that is good enough.  If this type is changed to be
+   wider than size_t, the code needs to be modified to check for
+   overflow when converting bit counts to byte or word counts.
+   The bit and word index types must be unsigned.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_bindex;
+
+/* Word index.  */
+typedef size_t bitset_windex;
+
+/* Maximum values for commonly-used unsigned types.  BITSET_SIZE_MAX
+   always equals SIZE_MAX, but some older systems lack SIZE_MAX.  */
+#define BITSET_BINDEX_MAX ((bitset_bindex) -1)
+
+/* Limit max word index to the maximum value of a signed integer
+   to simplify cache disabling.  */
+#define BITSET_WINDEX_MAX (((bitset_windex) -1) >> 1)
+#define BITSET_SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+
+#define BITSET_MSB ((bitset_word) 1 << (BITSET_WORD_BITS - 1))
+
+#define BITSET_LIST_SIZE 1024
+
+enum bitset_ops {BITSET_OP_ZERO, BITSET_OP_ONES,
+		 BITSET_OP_COPY, BITSET_OP_NOT,
+		 BITSET_OP_EMPTY_P, BITSET_OP_EQUAL_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_SUBSET_P, BITSET_OP_DISJOINT_P,
+		 BITSET_OP_AND, BITSET_OP_OR, BITSET_OP_XOR, BITSET_OP_ANDN,
+		 BITSET_OP_OR_AND, BITSET_OP_AND_OR, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR};
+
+struct bbitset_struct
+{
+  const struct bitset_vtable * vtable;
+  bitset_windex cindex;		/* Cache word index.  */
+  bitset_windex csize;		/* Cache size in words.  */
+  bitset_word *cdata;		/* Cache data pointer.  */
+  /* Perhaps we could sacrifice another word to indicate
+     that the bitset is known to be zero, that a bit has been set
+     in the cache, and that a bit has been cleared in the cache.
+     This would speed up some of the searches but slightly slow down
+     bit set/reset operations of cached bits.  */
+};
+
+
+typedef union bitset_union *bitset;
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.  */
+struct bitset_vtable
+{
+  void (*set) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  void (*reset) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*toggle) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  int (*test) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+  bitset_bindex (*size) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  bitset_bindex (*count) PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+  int (*empty_p) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  void (*ones) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  void (*zero) PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+  void (*copy) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  int (*disjoint_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  int (*equal_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  void (*not) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+  int (*subset_p) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+  void (*and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*andn) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*andn_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*xor) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*xor_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+  void (*and_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*and_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*andn_or) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*andn_or_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  void (*or_and) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+  int (*or_and_cmp) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+  bitset_bindex (*list) PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex *,
+				 bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex *));
+  bitset_bindex (*list_reverse) PARAMS ((bitset,
+					 bitset_bindex *, bitset_bindex,
+					 bitset_bindex *));
+  void (*free) PARAMS ((bitset));
+  enum bitset_type type;
+};
+
+#define BITSET_COMPATIBLE_(BSET1, BSET2) ((BSET1)->b.vtable == (BSET2)->b.vtable)
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK2_(DST, SRC) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK3_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2)) abort ();
+
+#define BITSET_CHECK4_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+if (!BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC1) || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC2) \
+    || !BITSET_COMPATIBLE_ (DST, SRC3)) abort ();
+
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SIZE_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->size (SRC)
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COUNT_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->count (SRC)
+
+/* Return type of bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_TYPE_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->type
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_SET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->set (DST, BITNO)
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_RESET_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->reset (DST, BITNO)
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset DST.  */
+#define BITSET_TOGGLE_(DST, BITNO) (DST)->b.vtable->toggle (DST, BITNO)
+
+/* Return non-zero if bit BITNO in bitset SRC is set.  */
+#define BITSET_TEST_(SRC, BITNO) (SRC)->b.vtable->test (SRC, BITNO)
+
+/* Free bitset SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_FREE_(SRC)\
+ ((SRC)->b.vtable->free ? (SRC)->b.vtable->free (SRC) :(void)0)
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_EMPTY_P_(SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->empty_p (SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define BITSET_ONES_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->ones (DST)
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define BITSET_ZERO_(DST) (DST)->b.vtable->zero (DST)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_COPY_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->copy (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define BITSET_DISJOINT_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->disjoint_p (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_EQUAL_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->equal_p (DST, SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_NOT_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->not (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define BITSET_SUBSET_P_(DST, SRC) (SRC)->b.vtable->subset_p (DST, SRC)
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_ANDN_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define BITSET_XOR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define BITSET_XOR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2) (SRC1)->b.vtable->xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->and_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ (SRC1)->b.vtable->or_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ (BSET)->b.vtable->list (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ (BSET)->b.vtable->list_reverse (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+
+/* Private functions for bitset implementations.  */
+
+extern int bitset_toggle_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_count_ PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_copy_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset));
+
+extern void bitset_and_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_and_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern void bitset_andn_or_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_andn_or_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern void bitset_or_and_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+extern int bitset_or_and_cmp_ PARAMS ((bitset, bitset, bitset, bitset));
+
+#endif /* _BBITSET_H  */

lib/bitset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,479 @@
+/* General bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+
+const char * const bitset_type_names[] = BITSET_TYPE_NAMES;
+
+
+/* Return number of bytes required to create a N_BIT bitset
+   of TYPE.  The bitset may grow to require more bytes than this.  */
+size_t
+bitset_bytes (enum bitset_type type, bitset_bindex n_bits)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_bytes ();
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  return bytes;
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset BSET of TYPE for N_BITS.  */
+bitset
+bitset_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  if (bitset_stats_enabled)
+    return bitset_stats_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      return abitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      return lbitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      return ebitset_init (bset, n_bits);
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Select a bitset type for a set of N_BITS and with attribute hints
+   specified by ATTR.  For variable size bitsets, N_BITS is only a
+   hint and may be zero.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_choose (bitset_bindex n_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int attr)
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  /* Check attributes.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_FIXED && attr & BITSET_VARIABLE)
+    abort ();
+  if (attr & BITSET_SPARSE && attr & BITSET_DENSE)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* Choose the type of bitset. Note that sometimes we will be asked
+  for a zero length fixed size bitset.  */
+
+  type = BITSET_ARRAY;
+  /* Currently, the simple bitsets do not support a variable size.  */
+  if (attr & BITSET_VARIABLE || attr & BITSET_SPARSE)
+    {
+      type = BITSET_LIST;
+      if (attr & BITSET_DENSE || attr & BITSET_GREEDY)
+	type = BITSET_TABLE;
+    }
+
+  return type;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_alloc (bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+
+  /* The cache is disabled until some elements are allocated.  If we
+     have variable length arrays, then we may need to allocate a dummy
+     element.  */
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS of type TYPE.  */
+bitset
+bitset_obstack_alloc (struct obstack *bobstack,
+		      bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset bset;
+
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  bset = obstack_alloc (bobstack, bytes);
+  memset (bset, 0, bytes);
+
+  return bitset_init (bset, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Create a bitset of N_BITS and with attribute hints specified by
+   ATTR.  */
+bitset
+bitset_create (bitset_bindex n_bits, unsigned int attr)
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+
+  return bitset_alloc (n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET.  */
+void
+bitset_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+  free (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset BSET allocated on obstack.  */
+void
+bitset_obstack_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_type_get (bitset bset)
+{
+   enum bitset_type type;
+
+   type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset);
+   if (type != BITSET_STATS)
+      return type;
+
+   return bitset_stats_type_get (bset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return name of bitset type.  */
+const char *
+bitset_type_name_get (bitset bset)
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_get (bset);
+
+  return bitset_type_names[type];
+}
+
+
+/* Find next bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_next (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find previous bit set in SRC starting from and including BITNO.
+   Return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX if SRC empty.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_prev (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_bindex val;
+  bitset_bindex next = bitno;
+
+  if (!bitset_list_reverse (src, &val, 1, &next))
+    return BITSET_BINDEX_MAX;
+  return val;
+}
+
+
+/* Find first set bit.   */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_first (bitset src)
+{
+  return bitset_next (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Find last set bit.   */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_last (bitset src)
+{
+  return bitset_prev (src, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Return non-zero if BITNO in SRC is the only set bit.  */
+int
+bitset_only_set_p (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_bindex val[2];
+  bitset_bindex next = 0;
+
+  if (bitset_list (src, val, 2, &next) != 1)
+    return 0;
+  return val[0] == bitno;
+}
+
+
+/* Print contents of bitset BSET to FILE.   */
+static void
+bitset_print (FILE *file, bitset bset, int verbose)
+{
+  unsigned int pos;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "n_bits = %lu, set = {",
+	     (unsigned long) bitset_size (bset));
+
+  pos = 30;
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, bset, i, 0)
+  {
+    if (pos > 70)
+      {
+	fprintf (file, "\n");
+	pos = 0;
+      }
+
+    fprintf (file, "%d ", i);
+    pos += 1 + (i >= 10) + (i >= 100);
+  };
+
+  if (verbose)
+    fprintf (file, "}\n");
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset BSET to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_dump (FILE *file, bitset bset)
+{
+  bitset_print (file, bset, 0);
+}
+
+
+
+/* Release memory associated with bitsets.  */
+void
+bitset_release_memory (void)
+{
+  lbitset_release_memory ();
+  ebitset_release_memory ();
+}
+
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if not set.  */
+int
+bitset_toggle_ (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  /* This routine is for completeness.  It could be optimized if
+     required.  */
+  if (bitset_test (bset, bitno))
+    {
+      bitset_reset (bset, bitno);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      bitset_set (bset, bitno);
+      return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+bitset_bindex
+bitset_count_ (bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  bitset_bindex num;
+  bitset_bindex count;
+
+  /* This could be greatly sped up by adding a count method for each
+     bitset implementation that uses a direct technique (based on
+     masks) for counting the number of bits set in a word.  */
+
+  next = 0;
+  for (count = 0; (num = bitset_list (src, list, BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &next));
+       count += num)
+    continue;
+
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC.
+   This is a fallback for the case where SRC and DST are different
+   bitset types.  */
+int
+bitset_copy_ (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_iterator iter;
+
+  /* Convert bitset types.  We assume that the DST bitset
+     is large enough to hold the SRC bitset.  */
+  bitset_zero (dst);
+  BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+  {
+     bitset_set (dst, i);
+  };
+
+  return 1;
+}
+
+
+/* This is a fallback for implementations that do not support
+   four operand operations.  */
+static inline int
+bitset_op4_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3,
+		enum bitset_ops op)
+{
+  int changed = 0;
+  int stats_enabled_save;
+  bitset tmp;
+
+  /* Create temporary bitset.  */
+  stats_enabled_save = bitset_stats_enabled;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+  tmp = bitset_alloc (0, bitset_type_get (dst));
+  bitset_stats_enabled = stats_enabled_save;
+
+  switch (op)
+    {
+    case BITSET_OP_OR_AND:
+      bitset_or (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_and_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_AND_OR:
+      bitset_and (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR:
+      bitset_andn (tmp, src1, src2);
+      changed = bitset_or_cmp (dst, src3, tmp);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bitset_free (tmp);
+  return changed;
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_and_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_and_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_and_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_AND_OR);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_andn_or_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_andn_or_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_ANDN_OR);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+void
+bitset_or_and_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  bitset_or_and_cmp_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+}
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+int
+bitset_or_and_cmp_ (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  return bitset_op4_cmp (dst, src1, src2, src3, BITSET_OP_OR_AND);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset.  */
+void
+debug_bitset (bitset bset)
+{
+  if (bset)
+    bitset_print (stderr, bset, 1);
+}

lib/bitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
+/* Generic bitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_H
+#define _BITSET_H
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Attributes used to select a bitset implementation.  */
+enum bitset_attr {BITSET_FIXED = 1,    /* Bitset size fixed.  */
+		  BITSET_VARIABLE = 2, /* Bitset size variable.  */
+		  BITSET_DENSE = 4,    /* Bitset dense.  */
+		  BITSET_SPARSE = 8,   /* Bitset sparse.  */
+		  BITSET_FRUGAL = 16,  /* Prefer most compact.  */
+		  BITSET_GREEDY = 32}; /* Prefer fastest at memory expense.  */
+
+typedef unsigned int bitset_attrs;
+
+/* The contents of the union should be considered to be private.
+   While I would like to make this union opaque, it needs to be
+   visible for the inline bit set/test functions, and for delegation
+   to the proper implementation.  */
+union bitset_union
+{
+  /* This must be the first member of every other structure that is a
+     member of this union.  */
+  struct bbitset_struct b;
+
+  struct abitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_bindex n_bits;		/* Number of bits.  */
+    bitset_word words[1];		/* The array of bits.  */
+  } a;
+
+  struct ebitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset_windex size;			/* Number of elements.  */
+    struct ebitset_elt_struct **elts;	/* Expanding array of ptrs to elts.  */
+  } e;
+
+  struct lbitset_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    struct lbitset_elt_struct *head;	/* First element in linked list.  */
+    struct lbitset_elt_struct *tail;	/* Last element in linked list.  */
+  } l;
+
+  struct bitset_stats_struct
+  {
+    struct bbitset_struct b;
+    bitset bset;
+  } s;
+};
+
+
+/* The contents of this structure should be considered private.
+   It is used for iterating over set bits.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  bitset_bindex list[BITSET_LIST_SIZE];
+  bitset_bindex next;
+  bitset_bindex num;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+} bitset_iterator;
+
+
+/* Return bytes required for bitset of desired type and size.  */
+extern size_t bitset_bytes PARAMS ((enum bitset_type, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Initialise a bitset with desired type and size.  */
+extern bitset bitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Select an implementation type based on the desired bitset size
+   and attributes.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_choose PARAMS ((bitset_bindex,
+						    bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired type and size using an obstack.  The
+   bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_obstack_alloc PARAMS ((struct obstack *bobstack,
+					    bitset_bindex, enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Free bitset allocated on obstack.  */
+extern void bitset_obstack_free PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Create a bitset of desired size and attributes.  The bitset is zeroed.  */
+extern bitset bitset_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_attrs));
+
+/* Return bitset type.  */
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return bitset type name.  */
+extern const char *bitset_type_name_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+
+/* Set bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void
+bitset_set (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] |= ((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Reset bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline void
+bitset_reset (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    bset->b.cdata[offset] &= ~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Test bit BITNO in bitset BSET.  */
+static inline int
+bitset_test (bitset bset, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset_windex windex = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = windex - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+/* Toggle bit BITNO in bitset BSET and return non-zero if now set.  */
+#define bitset_toggle(bset, bitno) BITSET_TOGGLE_ (bset, bitno)
+
+/* Return size in bits of bitset SRC.  */
+#define bitset_size(SRC) BITSET_SIZE_ (SRC)
+
+/* Return number of bits set in bitset SRC.  */
+#define bitset_count(SRC) BITSET_COUNT_ (SRC)
+
+
+/* Return SRC == 0.  */
+#define bitset_empty_p(SRC) BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~0.  */
+#define bitset_ones(DST) BITSET_ONES_ (DST)
+
+/* DST = 0.  */
+#define bitset_zero(DST) BITSET_ZERO_ (DST)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC.  */
+#define bitset_copy(DST, SRC) BITSET_COPY_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST & SRC == 0.  */
+#define bitset_disjoint_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == SRC.  */
+#define bitset_equal_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* DST = ~SRC.  */
+#define bitset_not(DST, SRC) BITSET_NOT_ (DST, SRC)
+
+/* Return DST == DST | SRC.  */
+#define bitset_subset_p(DST, SRC) BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (DST, SRC)
+
+
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_andn(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 & ~SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 & ~SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_andn_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 | SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 | SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_xor(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* DST = SRC1 ^ SRC2.  Return non-zero if DST != SRC1 ^ SRC2.  */
+#define bitset_xor_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_and_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_AND_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_and_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_andn_or(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 & ~SRC2) | SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_andn_or_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+ BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_or_and(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+ BITSET_OR_AND_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* DST = (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  Return non-zero if
+   DST != (SRC1 | SRC2) & SRC3.  */
+#define bitset_or_and_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)\
+ BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+/* Find list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and including
+   *NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with *NEXT
+   indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ BITSET_LIST_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+/* Find reverse list of up to NUM bits set in BSET starting from and
+   including NEXT.  Return with actual number of bits found and with
+   *NEXT indicating where search stopped.  */
+#define bitset_list_reverse(BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT) \
+ BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (BSET, LIST, NUM, NEXT)
+
+
+/* Find next set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_next PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find previous set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_prev PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Find first set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_first PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Find last set bit.  */
+extern bitset_bindex bitset_last PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Return nonzero if this is the only set bit.  */
+extern int bitset_only_set_p PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+/* Dump bitset.  */
+extern void bitset_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, bitset));
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, starting with MIN, setting BIT
+   to the index of each set bit.  For example, the following will print
+   the bits set in a bitset:
+
+   bitset_bindex i;
+   bitset_iterator iter;
+
+   bitset_zero (dst);
+   BITSET_FOR_EACH (iter, src, i, 0)
+   {
+      printf ("%ld ", i);
+   };
+*/
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)				      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list (BSET, ITER.list, 			      \
+				   BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)	      \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Loop over all elements of BSET, in reverse order starting with
+   MIN,  setting BIT to the index of each set bit. For example, the
+   following will print the bits set in a bitset in reverse order:
+
+   bitset_bindex i;
+   bitset_iterator iter;
+
+   bitset_zero (dst);
+   BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE (iter, src, i, 0)
+   {
+      printf ("%ld ", i);
+   };
+*/
+#define BITSET_FOR_EACH_REVERSE(ITER, BSET, BIT, MIN)			      \
+  for (ITER.next = (MIN), ITER.num = BITSET_LIST_SIZE;			      \
+       (ITER.num == BITSET_LIST_SIZE) 					      \
+       && (ITER.num = bitset_list_reverse (BSET, ITER.list,		      \
+					  BITSET_LIST_SIZE, &ITER.next));)    \
+    for (ITER.i = 0; (BIT) = ITER.list[ITER.i], ITER.i < ITER.num; ITER.i++)
+
+
+/* Define set operations in terms of logical operations.  */
+
+#define bitset_diff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_diff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_andn_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+#define bitset_intersection(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_intersection_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_and_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+#define bitset_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* Symmetrical difference.  */
+#define bitset_symdiff(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+#define bitset_symdiff_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2) bitset_xor_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2)
+
+/* Union of difference.  */
+#define bitset_diff_union(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+#define bitset_diff_union_cmp(DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3) \
+  bitset_andn_or_cmp (DST, SRC1, SRC2, SRC3)
+
+
+
+/* Release any memory tied up with bitsets.  */
+extern void bitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Enable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_enable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Disable bitset stats gathering.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_disable PARAMS ((void));
+
+/* Read bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_read PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Write bitset stats file of accummulated stats.  */
+void bitset_stats_write PARAMS ((const char *filename));
+
+/* Dump bitset stats.  */
+extern void bitset_stats_dump PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+/* Function to debug bitset stats from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitset_stats PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* _BITSET_H  */
+

lib/bitset_stats.c

@@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
+/* Bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+*/
+
+/* This file is a wrapper bitset implementation for the other bitset
+   implementations.  It provides bitset compatibility checking and
+   statistics gathering without having to instrument the bitset
+   implementations.  When statistics gathering is enabled, the bitset
+   operations get vectored through here and we then call the appropriate
+   routines.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+#include "abitset.h"
+#include "ebitset.h"
+#include "lbitset.h"
+#include "bitset_stats.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
+
+/* Configuration macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_FILE "bitset.dat"
+#define BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS 10
+#define BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS  16
+#define BITSET_DENSITY_BINS  20
+
+
+/* Accessor macros.  */
+#define BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC(TYPE)	 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[(TYPE)].allocs++
+#define BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].frees++
+#define BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_sets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_resets++
+#define BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC(BSET) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].cache_tests++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC(BSET) 			\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].lists++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_counts[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_sizes[(I)]++
+#define BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC(BSET, I) 		\
+    bitset_stats_info->types[BITSET_TYPE_ (BSET)].list_density[(I)]++
+
+
+struct bitset_type_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int allocs;
+  unsigned int frees;
+  unsigned int lists;
+  unsigned int sets;
+  unsigned int cache_sets;
+  unsigned int resets;
+  unsigned int cache_resets;
+  unsigned int tests;
+  unsigned int cache_tests;
+  unsigned int list_counts[BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_sizes[BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS];
+  unsigned int list_density[BITSET_DENSITY_BINS];
+};
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct
+{
+  unsigned int runs;
+  struct bitset_type_info_struct types[BITSET_TYPE_NUM];
+};
+
+
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct bitset_stats_info_data;
+struct bitset_stats_info_struct *bitset_stats_info;
+int bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+
+
+/* Print a percentage histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_percent_histogram_print (FILE *file, const char *name, const char *msg,
+				unsigned int n_bins, unsigned int *bins)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%.0f-%.0f%%\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     i * 100.0 / n_bins,
+	     (i + 1) * 100.0 / n_bins, bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print a log histogram with message MSG to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_log_histogram_print (FILE *file, const char *name, const char *msg,
+			    unsigned int n_bins, unsigned int *bins)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+  unsigned int total;
+  unsigned int max_width;
+
+  total = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < n_bins; i++)
+    total += bins[i];
+
+  if (!total)
+    return;
+
+  /* Determine number of useful bins.  */
+  for (i = n_bins; i > 3 && ! bins[i - 1]; i--)
+     continue;
+  n_bins = i;
+
+  /* 2 * ceil (log10 (2) * (N - 1)) + 1.  */
+  max_width = 2 * (unsigned int) (0.30103 * (n_bins - 1) + 0.9999) + 1;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s %s", name, msg);
+  for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*d\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width, i, bins[i], 100.0 * bins[i] / total);
+
+  for (; i < n_bins; i++)
+    fprintf (file, "%*lu-%lu\t%8u (%5.1f%%)\n",
+	     max_width - ((unsigned int) (0.30103 * (i) + 0.9999) + 1),
+	     (unsigned long) 1 << (i - 1),
+	     ((unsigned long) 1 << i) - 1,
+	     bins[i],
+	     (100.0 * bins[i]) / total);
+}
+
+
+/* Print bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print_1 (FILE *file, const char *name,
+		      struct bitset_type_info_struct *stats)
+{
+  if (!stats)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s:\n", name);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_allocs, %u freed (%.2f%%).\n"),
+	   stats->allocs, stats->frees,
+	   stats->allocs ? 100.0 * stats->frees / stats->allocs : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_sets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->sets, stats->cache_sets,
+	   stats->sets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_sets / stats->sets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_resets, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->resets, stats->cache_resets,
+	   stats->resets ? 100.0 * stats->cache_resets / stats->resets : 0);
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_tests, %u cached (%.2f%%)\n"),
+	   stats->tests, stats->cache_tests,
+	   stats->tests ? 100.0 * stats->cache_tests / stats->tests : 0);
+
+  fprintf (file, _("%u bitset_lists\n"), stats->lists);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("count log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS, stats->list_counts);
+
+  bitset_log_histogram_print (file, name, _("size log histogram\n"),
+			      BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS, stats->list_sizes);
+
+  bitset_percent_histogram_print (file, name, _("density histogram\n"),
+				  BITSET_DENSITY_BINS, stats->list_density);
+}
+
+
+/* Print all bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+static void
+bitset_stats_print (FILE *file, int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  fprintf (file, _("Bitset statistics:\n\n"));
+
+  if (bitset_stats_info->runs > 1)
+    fprintf (file, _("Accumulated runs = %u\n"), bitset_stats_info->runs);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < BITSET_TYPE_NUM; i++)
+    bitset_stats_print_1 (file, bitset_type_names[i],
+			  &bitset_stats_info->types[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Initialise bitset statistics logging.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_enable (void)
+{
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    bitset_stats_info = &bitset_stats_info_data;
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 1;
+}
+
+
+void
+bitset_stats_disable (void)
+{
+  bitset_stats_enabled = 0;
+}
+
+
+/* Read bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_read (const char *filename)
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "r");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fread (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		 1, file) != 1)
+	{
+	  if (ferror (file))
+	    perror (_("Could not read stats file."));
+	  else
+	    fprintf (stderr, _("Bad stats file size.\n"));
+	}
+      if (fclose (file) != 0)
+	perror (_("Could not read stats file."));
+    }
+  bitset_stats_info_data.runs++;
+}
+
+
+/* Write bitset statistics file.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_write (const char *filename)
+{
+  FILE *file;
+
+  if (!bitset_stats_info)
+    return;
+
+  if (!filename)
+    filename = BITSET_STATS_FILE;
+
+  file = fopen (filename, "w");
+  if (file)
+    {
+      if (fwrite (&bitset_stats_info_data, sizeof (bitset_stats_info_data),
+		  1, file) != 1)
+	perror (_("Could not write stats file."));
+      if (fclose (file) != 0)
+	perror (_("Could not write stats file."));
+    }
+  else
+    perror (_("Could not open stats file for writing."));
+}
+
+
+/* Dump bitset statistics to FILE.  */
+void
+bitset_stats_dump (FILE *file)
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (file, 0);
+}
+
+
+/* Function to be called from debugger to print bitset stats.  */
+void
+debug_bitset_stats (void)
+{
+  bitset_stats_print (stderr, 1);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_set (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_SETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] |= (bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS);
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_SETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_SET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_reset (bitset dst, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset bset = dst->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_RESETS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      bset->b.cdata[offset] &=
+	~((bitset_word) 1 << (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS));
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_RESETS_INC (bset);
+    }
+  else
+    BITSET_RESET_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_toggle (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+    return BITSET_TOGGLE_ (src->s.bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_test (bitset src, bitset_bindex bitno)
+{
+  bitset bset = src->s.bset;
+  bitset_windex wordno = bitno / BITSET_WORD_BITS;
+  bitset_windex offset = wordno - bset->b.cindex;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_TESTS_INC (bset);
+
+  if (offset < bset->b.csize)
+    {
+      BITSET_STATS_CACHE_TESTS_INC (bset);
+      return (bset->b.cdata[offset] >> (bitno % BITSET_WORD_BITS)) & 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return BITSET_TEST_ (bset, bitno);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_size (bitset src)
+{
+  return BITSET_SIZE_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_count (bitset src)
+{
+  return BITSET_COUNT_ (src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_empty_p (bitset dst)
+{
+  return BITSET_EMPTY_P_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_ones (bitset dst)
+{
+  BITSET_ONES_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_zero (bitset dst)
+{
+  BITSET_ZERO_ (dst->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_copy (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  BITSET_COPY_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_disjoint_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_DISJOINT_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_equal_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_EQUAL_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_not (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  BITSET_NOT_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_subset_p (bitset dst, bitset src)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK2_ (dst, src);
+  return BITSET_SUBSET_P_ (dst->s.bset, src->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_andn (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_ANDN_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_andn_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_ANDN_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_xor (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  BITSET_XOR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_xor_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK3_ (dst, src1, src2);
+  return BITSET_XOR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_and_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  BITSET_AND_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_and_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  return BITSET_AND_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_andn_or (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  BITSET_ANDN_OR_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  return BITSET_ANDN_OR_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_or_and (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  BITSET_OR_AND_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static int
+bitset_stats_or_and_cmp (bitset dst, bitset src1, bitset src2, bitset src3)
+{
+  BITSET_CHECK4_ (dst, src1, src2, src3);
+
+  return BITSET_OR_AND_CMP_ (dst->s.bset, src1->s.bset, src2->s.bset, src3->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_list (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+		   bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  bitset_bindex count;
+  bitset_bindex tmp;
+  bitset_bindex size;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  count = BITSET_LIST_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+
+  type = BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_STATS_LISTS_INC (bset->s.bset);
+
+  /* Log histogram of number of set bits.  */
+  for (i = 0, tmp = count; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_COUNT_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_COUNTS_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+
+  /* Log histogram of number of bits in set.  */
+  size = BITSET_SIZE_ (bset->s.bset);
+  for (i = 0, tmp = size; tmp; tmp >>= 1, i++)
+     continue;
+  if (i >= BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_LOG_SIZE_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_SIZES_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+
+  /* Histogram of fraction of bits set.  */
+  i = size ? (count * BITSET_DENSITY_BINS) / size : 0;
+  if (i >= BITSET_DENSITY_BINS)
+     i = BITSET_DENSITY_BINS - 1;
+  BITSET_STATS_LIST_DENSITY_INC (bset->s.bset, i);
+  return count;
+}
+
+
+static bitset_bindex
+bitset_stats_list_reverse (bitset bset, bitset_bindex *list,
+			   bitset_bindex num, bitset_bindex *next)
+{
+  return BITSET_LIST_REVERSE_ (bset->s.bset, list, num, next);
+}
+
+
+static void
+bitset_stats_free (bitset bset)
+{
+  BITSET_STATS_FREES_INC (bset->s.bset);
+  BITSET_FREE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+struct bitset_vtable bitset_stats_vtable = {
+  bitset_stats_set,
+  bitset_stats_reset,
+  bitset_stats_toggle,
+  bitset_stats_test,
+  bitset_stats_size,
+  bitset_stats_count,
+  bitset_stats_empty_p,
+  bitset_stats_ones,
+  bitset_stats_zero,
+  bitset_stats_copy,
+  bitset_stats_disjoint_p,
+  bitset_stats_equal_p,
+  bitset_stats_not,
+  bitset_stats_subset_p,
+  bitset_stats_and,
+  bitset_stats_and_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_andn,
+  bitset_stats_andn_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_or,
+  bitset_stats_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_xor,
+  bitset_stats_xor_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_and_or,
+  bitset_stats_and_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_andn_or,
+  bitset_stats_andn_or_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_or_and,
+  bitset_stats_or_and_cmp,
+  bitset_stats_list,
+  bitset_stats_list_reverse,
+  bitset_stats_free,
+  BITSET_STATS
+};
+
+
+/* Return enclosed bitset type.  */
+enum bitset_type
+bitset_stats_type_get (bitset bset)
+{
+   return BITSET_TYPE_ (bset->s.bset);
+}
+
+
+size_t
+bitset_stats_bytes (void)
+{
+  return sizeof (struct bitset_stats_struct);
+}
+
+
+bitset
+bitset_stats_init (bitset bset, bitset_bindex n_bits, enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset sbset;
+
+  bset->b.vtable = &bitset_stats_vtable;
+
+  /* Disable cache.  */
+  bset->b.cindex = 0;
+  bset->b.csize = 0;
+  bset->b.cdata = 0;
+
+  /* Set up the actual bitset implementation that
+     we are a wrapper over.  */
+  switch (type)
+    {
+    case BITSET_ARRAY:
+      bytes = abitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      abitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_LIST:
+      bytes = lbitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      lbitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    case BITSET_TABLE:
+      bytes = ebitset_bytes (n_bits);
+      sbset = (bitset) xcalloc (1, bytes);
+      ebitset_init (sbset, n_bits);
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  bset->s.bset = sbset;
+
+  BITSET_STATS_ALLOCS_INC (type);
+
+  return bset;
+}

lib/bitset_stats.h

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/* Functions to support bitset statistics.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSET_STATS_H
+#define _BITSET_STATS_H
+
+#include "bbitset.h"
+
+extern int bitset_stats_enabled;
+
+extern enum bitset_type bitset_stats_type_get PARAMS ((bitset));
+
+extern size_t bitset_stats_bytes PARAMS ((void));
+
+extern bitset bitset_stats_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex,
+					 enum bitset_type));
+
+#endif

lib/bitsetv-print.c

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of Bison.
+
+Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv-print.h"
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------.
+| Display the MATRIX array of SIZE bitsets of size SIZE.  |
+`--------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void
+bitsetv_matrix_dump (FILE * out, const char *title, bitsetv bset)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i, j;
+  bitset_bindex hsize = bitset_size (bset[0]);
+
+  /* Title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s BEGIN\n", title);
+
+  /* Column numbers. */
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc (i / 10 ? '0' + i / 10 : ' ', out);
+  putc ('\n', out);
+  fputs ("   ", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    fprintf (out, "%d", (int) (i % 10));
+  putc ('\n', out);
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  .", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs (".\n", out);
+
+  /* Contents. */
+  for (i = 0; bset[i]; ++i)
+    {
+      fprintf (out, "%2lu|", (unsigned long) i);
+      for (j = 0; j < hsize; ++j)
+	fputs (bitset_test (bset[i], j) ? "1" : " ", out);
+      fputs ("|\n", out);
+    }
+
+  /* Bar. */
+  fputs ("  `", out);
+  for (i = 0; i < hsize; ++i)
+    putc ('-', out);
+  fputs ("'\n", out);
+
+  /* End title. */
+  fprintf (out, "%s END\n\n", title);
+}

lib/bitsetv-print.h

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Akim Demaille ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+#define _BITSETV_PRINT_H
+
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets as a matrix.  */
+extern void bitsetv_matrix_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+					 bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */

lib/bitsetv.c

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GCC.
+
+GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with GCC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "bitsetv.h"
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_alloc (bitset_bindex n_vecs, bitset_bindex n_bits,
+	       enum bitset_type type)
+{
+  size_t vector_bytes;
+  size_t bytes;
+  bitset *bsetv;
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  /* Determine number of bytes for each set.  */
+  bytes = bitset_bytes (type, n_bits);
+
+  /* If size calculation overflows, memory is exhausted.  */
+  if (BITSET_SIZE_MAX / (sizeof (bitset) + bytes) <= n_vecs)
+    xalloc_die ();
+
+  /* Allocate vector table at head of bitset array.  */
+  vector_bytes = (n_vecs + 1) * sizeof (bitset) + bytes - 1;
+  vector_bytes -= vector_bytes % bytes;
+  bsetv = (bitset *) xcalloc (1, vector_bytes + bytes * n_vecs);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < n_vecs; i++)
+    {
+      bsetv[i] = (bitset) (void *) ((char *) bsetv + vector_bytes + i * bytes);
+
+      bitset_init (bsetv[i], n_bits, type);
+    }
+
+  /* Null terminate table.  */
+  bsetv[i] = 0;
+  return bsetv;
+}
+
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+bitset *
+bitsetv_create (bitset_bindex n_vecs, bitset_bindex n_bits, unsigned int attr)
+{
+  enum bitset_type type;
+
+  type = bitset_type_choose (n_bits, attr);
+  return bitsetv_alloc (n_vecs, n_bits, type);
+}
+
+
+/* Free bitset vector BSETV.  */
+void
+bitsetv_free (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+      BITSET_FREE_ (bsetv[i]);
+  free (bsetv);
+}
+
+
+/* Zero a vector of bitsets.  */
+void
+bitsetv_zero (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_zero (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Set a vector of bitsets to ones.  */
+void
+bitsetv_ones (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_ones (bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+void
+bitsetv_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+  bitset_bindex j;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    for (j = 0; bsetv[j]; j++)
+      if (bitset_test (bsetv[j], i))
+	bitset_or (bsetv[j], bsetv[j], bsetv[i]);
+}
+
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+void
+bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_bindex i;
+
+  bitsetv_transitive_closure (bsetv);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    bitset_set (bsetv[i], i);
+}
+
+
+/* Dump the contents of a bitset vector BSETV with N_VECS elements to
+   FILE.  */
+void
+bitsetv_dump (FILE *file, char const *title, char const *subtitle,
+	      bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+
+  fprintf (file, "%s\n", title);
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (file, "%s %lu\n", subtitle, (unsigned long) i);
+      bitset_dump (file, bsetv[i]);
+    }
+
+  fprintf (file, "\n");
+}
+
+
+void
+debug_bitsetv (bitsetv bsetv)
+{
+  bitset_windex i;
+
+  for (i = 0; bsetv[i]; i++)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "%lu: ", (unsigned long) i);
+      debug_bitset (bsetv[i]);
+    }
+
+  fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}

lib/bitsetv.h

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Bitset vectors.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _BITSETV_H
+#define _BITSETV_H
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+typedef bitset * bitsetv;
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and of
+   type TYPE.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_alloc PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
+				      enum bitset_type));
+
+/* Create a vector of N_VECS bitsets, each of N_BITS, and with
+   attribute hints specified by ATTR.  */
+extern bitsetv bitsetv_create PARAMS ((bitset_bindex, bitset_bindex,
+				       unsigned int));
+
+/* Free vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_free PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Zero vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_zero PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Set vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_ones PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the transitive closure of what was given.  */
+extern void bitsetv_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Given a vector BSETV of N bitsets of size N, modify its contents to
+   be the reflexive transitive closure of what was given.  This is
+   the same as transitive closure but with all bits on the diagonal
+   of the bit matrix set.  */
+extern void bitsetv_reflexive_transitive_closure PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+/* Dump vector of bitsets.  */
+extern void bitsetv_dump PARAMS ((FILE *, const char *,
+				  const char *, bitsetv));
+
+/* Function to debug vector of bitsets from debugger.  */
+extern void debug_bitsetv PARAMS ((bitsetv));
+
+#endif  /* _BITSETV_H  */

lib/dirname.c

@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
+   Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;
+
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
+  newpath[length] = 0;
+  return newpath;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/dirname.h

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+
+int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

lib/ebitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support ebitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _EBITSET_H
+#define _EBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t ebitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset ebitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void ebitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif

lib/error.c

@@ -1,23 +1,18 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <[email protected]>.  */
 
@@ -26,8 +21,16 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
 # include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "gettext.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
 #endif
 
 #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
@@ -52,11 +55,8 @@ void exit ();
 
 #include "error.h"
 
-#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+#if !_LIBC
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+# include "unlocked-io.h"
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
-char *strerror_r ();
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
@@ -80,34 +80,52 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>
+# include <libio/libioP.h>
 
 /* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
    Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+			     ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
 # define error __error
 # define error_at_line __error_at_line
 
 # ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
 #  include <libio/iolibio.h>
-#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+#  define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
+#  undef putc
+#  define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
 # endif
 
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+char *strerror_r ();
+# endif
+
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
 
-# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
 #  define __strerror_r strerror_r
 # else
 #  if HAVE_STRERROR
-#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+#   ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#   endif
+#   if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
 char *strerror ();
 #   endif
 #  else
 static char *
-private_strerror (errnum)
+private_strerror (int errnum)
-     int errnum;
 {
   extern char *sys_errlist[];
   extern int sys_nerr;
@@ -118,15 +136,118 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 }
 #   define strerror private_strerror
 #  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
 #endif	/* not _LIBC */
 
+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+}
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+#  if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+#   define ALLOCA_LIMIT	2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
+      mbstate_t st;
+      size_t res;
+      const char *tmp;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+		wmessage = NULL;
+
+	      wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+					      len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+
+	      if (wmessage == NULL)
+		{
+		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+		  return;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+	  tmp =message;
+	}
+      while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
+
+      if (res == (size_t) -1)
+	/* The string cannot be converted.  */
+	wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+    }
+  else
+#  endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
+  else
+# endif
+    putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+#endif
+
+
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
    format string with optional args.
    If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
    Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
 /* VARARGS */
-
 void
 #if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
@@ -142,47 +263,48 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
   va_list args;
 #endif
 
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
   if (error_print_progname)
     (*error_print_progname) ();
   else
     {
-      fflush (stdout);
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
 	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
     }
 
 #ifdef VA_START
   VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
 #else
   fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    {
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-# else
-      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
-	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
-      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
-# endif
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
     exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
 }
 
 /* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
@@ -212,8 +334,9 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
       static const char *old_file_name;
       static unsigned int old_line_number;
 
-      if (old_line_number == line_number &&
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
-	  (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
+	  && (file_name == old_file_name
+	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
 	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
 	return;
 
@@ -221,50 +344,58 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
       old_line_number = line_number;
     }
 
+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
   if (error_print_progname)
     (*error_print_progname) ();
   else
     {
-      fflush (stdout);
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
 	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
     }
 
   if (file_name != NULL)
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+      else
+#endif
 	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+    }
 
 #ifdef VA_START
   VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
 #else
   fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    {
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
-# else
-      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
-	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
-      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
-# endif
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
     exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
 }
 
 #ifdef _LIBC

lib/error.h

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 #ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
 #  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
 # endif
 /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes

lib/get-errno.c

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* get-errno.h - get and set errno.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "get-errno.h"
+
+/* Get and set errno.  A source file that needs to set or get errno,
+   but doesn't need to test for specific errno values, can use these
+   functions to avoid namespace pollution.  For example, a file that
+   defines EQUAL should not include <errno.h>, since <errno.h> might
+   define EQUAL; such a file can include <get-errno.h> instead.  */
+
+int
+get_errno (void)
+{
+  return errno;
+}
+
+void
+set_errno (int e)
+{
+  errno = e;
+}

lib/get-errno.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* get-errno.h - get and set errno.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+extern int get_errno (void);
+extern void set_errno (int);

lib/getopt.c

@@ -1,22 +1,23 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
-
+   before changing it!
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001,2002
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   later version.
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
@@ -27,7 +28,8 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-#else
+#endif
+
 #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
@@ -35,7 +37,6 @@
 #  define const
 # endif
 #endif
-#endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 
@@ -74,15 +75,20 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#ifndef _
+#ifdef _LIBC
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
 # include <libintl.h>
-#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
 #else
-#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+# include "gettext.h"
 #endif
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
 #endif
 
 /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
@@ -128,7 +134,7 @@ int optind = 1;
    causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
    know that. */
 
-int __getopt_initialized;
+int __getopt_initialized attribute_hidden;
 
 /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
    in which the last option character we returned was found.
@@ -247,34 +253,24 @@ static int first_nonopt;
 static int last_nonopt;
 
 #ifdef _LIBC
+/* Stored original parameters.
+   XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
+   that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
+extern int __libc_argc;
+extern char **__libc_argv;
+
 /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
    indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
 
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
 /* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
 extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
 
 static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
 static int nonoption_flags_len;
+# endif
 
-static int original_argc;
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
-static char *const *original_argv;
-
-/* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
-   is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
-   to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
-static void
-__attribute__ ((unused))
-store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
-{
-  /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
-     that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
-  original_argc = argc;
-  original_argv = argv;
-}
-# ifdef text_set_element
-text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
-# endif /* text_set_element */
-
 #  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
   if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
     {									      \
@@ -282,6 +278,9 @@ text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
       __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
       __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
     }
+# else
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
 #else	/* !_LIBC */
 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
 #endif	/* _LIBC */
@@ -313,7 +312,7 @@ exchange (argv)
      It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
      but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
 
-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
   /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
      string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
      of the string.  */
@@ -417,9 +416,9 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
   else
     ordering = PERMUTE;
 
-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
   if (posixly_correct == NULL
-      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
+      && argc == __libc_argc && argv == __libc_argv)
     {
       if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
 	{
@@ -515,6 +514,13 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      int *longind;
      int long_only;
 {
+  int print_errors = opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
   optarg = NULL;
 
   if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
@@ -529,7 +535,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
      from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
      is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
 # define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
 		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
 			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
@@ -664,16 +670,37 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
 	      ambig = 1;
 	  }
 
       if (ambig && !exact)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
+	    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+
+	      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
+			      argv[0], argv[optind]) >= 0)
+		{
+
+		  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		  else
+		    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		  free (buf);
+		}
+#else
 	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
+#endif
+	    }
 	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 	  optind++;
 	  optopt = 0;
@@ -692,18 +719,52 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = nameend + 1;
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
 		    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      char *buf;
+		      int n;
+#endif
+
 		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			{
 			  /* --option */
-			fprintf (stderr,
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
-				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+			  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 					  argv[0], pfound->name);
+#else
+			  fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				   argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+			}
 		      else
+			{
 			  /* +option or -option */
-			fprintf (stderr,
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
-				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+			  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					  argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0],
+					  pfound->name);
+#else
+			  fprintf (stderr, _("\
+%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				   argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+			}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      if (n >= 0)
+			{
+			  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			  else
+			    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			  free (buf);
+			}
+#endif
 		    }
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -718,10 +779,28 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = argv[optind++];
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		      char *buf;
+
+		      if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+				      argv[0], argv[optind - 1]) >= 0)
+			{
+			  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			  else
+			    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			  free (buf);
+			}
+#else
 		      fprintf (stderr,
 			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+#endif
+		    }
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 		  optopt = pfound->val;
 		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
@@ -745,16 +824,47 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
 	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+	      int n;
+#endif
+
 	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
+		{
 		  /* --option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
+				  argv[0], nextchar);
+#else
 		  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"),
 			   argv[0], nextchar);
+#endif
+		}
 	      else
+		{
 		  /* +option or -option */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		  n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
+				  argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+#else
 		  fprintf (stderr, _("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"),
 			   argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
+#endif
+		}
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      if (n >= 0)
+		{
+		  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		  else
+		    fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		  free (buf);
+		}
+#endif
 	    }
 	  nextchar = (char *) "";
 	  optind++;
@@ -775,15 +885,44 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 
     if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
       {
-	if (opterr)
+	if (print_errors)
 	  {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	      char *buf;
+	      int n;
+#endif
+
 	    if (posixly_correct)
+	      {
 		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"),
 				argv[0], c);
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
 	    else
-	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
+	      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		n = __asprintf (&buf, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"),
 				argv[0], c);
+#else
+		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), argv[0], c);
+#endif
+	      }
+
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+	    if (n >= 0)
+	      {
+		if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		  __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		else
+		  fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		free (buf);
+	      }
+#endif
 	  }
 	optopt = c;
 	return '?';
@@ -809,11 +948,27 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	  }
 	else if (optind == argc)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      {
 		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		char *buf;
+
+		if (__asprintf (&buf,
+				_("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+				argv[0], c) >= 0)
+		  {
+		    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		    else
+		      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		    free (buf);
+		  }
+#else
 		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
 			 argv[0], c);
+#endif
 	      }
 	    optopt = c;
 	    if (optstring[0] == ':')
@@ -858,9 +1013,26 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	    }
 	if (ambig && !exact)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
+	      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		char *buf;
+
+		if (__asprintf (&buf, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
+				argv[0], argv[optind]) >= 0)
+		  {
+		    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+		      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+		    else
+		      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+		    free (buf);
+		  }
+#else
 		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
 			 argv[0], argv[optind]);
+#endif
+	      }
 	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 	    optind++;
 	    return '?';
@@ -876,10 +1048,28 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = nameend + 1;
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
+		      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			char *buf;
+
+			if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+					argv[0], pfound->name) >= 0)
+			  {
+			    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			    else
+			      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			    free (buf);
+			  }
+#else
 			fprintf (stderr, _("\
 %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+#endif
+		      }
 
 		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 		    return '?';
@@ -891,10 +1081,28 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = argv[optind++];
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
+		      {
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+			char *buf;
+
+			if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
+					argv[0], argv[optind - 1]) >= 0)
+			  {
+			    if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			      __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			    else
+			      fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			    free (buf);
+			  }
+#else
 			fprintf (stderr,
 				 _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
+#endif
+		      }
 		    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 		    return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
 		  }
@@ -938,12 +1146,28 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      }
 	    else if (optind == argc)
 	      {
-		if (opterr)
+		if (print_errors)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+		    char *buf;
+
+		    if (__asprintf (&buf, _("\
+%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+				    argv[0], c) >= 0)
+		      {
+			if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+			  __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s", buf);
+			else
+			  fputs (buf, stderr);
+
+			free (buf);
+		      }
+#else
 		    fprintf (stderr,
 			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
 			     argv[0], c);
+#endif
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,21 +1,20 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
+
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   later version.
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-   USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
 
@@ -23,6 +22,17 @@
 # define _GETOPT_H 1
 #endif
 
+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
@@ -82,7 +92,7 @@ extern int optopt;
 
 struct option
 {
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
   const char *name;
 # else
   char *name;
@@ -126,25 +136,26 @@ struct option
    arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
    `getopt'.  */
 
-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
 # ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
    differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
    errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts);
 # else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
 # endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 
 # ifndef __need_getopt
-extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
+			const char *__shortopts,
 		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
 			     const char *__shortopts,
 		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
 
 /* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char *const *___argv,
 			     const char *__shortopts,
 		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
 			     int __long_only);

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,26 +1,32 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
    Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
      Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to [email protected].
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   later version.
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <getopt.h>
 #else
+# include "getopt.h"
+#endif
+
 #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
@@ -28,9 +34,6 @@
 #define const
 #endif
 #endif
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 
@@ -90,6 +93,10 @@ getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
   return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
 }
 
+# ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_def (getopt_long)
+libc_hidden_def (getopt_long_only)
+# endif
 
 #endif	/* Not ELIDE_CODE.  */
 

lib/gettext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
+
+/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option.  */
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions.  */
+# include <libintl.h>
+
+#else
+
+/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
+   chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro.  So include it now, to make
+   later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP.  We don't include <libintl.h>
+   as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
+   and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
+   is OK.  */
+#if defined(__sun)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Disabled NLS.
+   The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
+   for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
+   On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
+   contain "#define const".  */
+# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) ((const char *) (Msgid))
+# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
+    ((N) == 1 ? (const char *) (Msgid1) : (const char *) (Msgid2))
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((const char *) (Dirname))
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) ((const char *) (Codeset))
+
+#endif
+
+/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
+   extraction of messages, but does not call gettext().  The run-time
+   translation is done at a different place in the code.
+   The argument, String, should be a literal string.  Concatenated strings
+   and other string expressions won't work.
+   The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
+   initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables.  */
+#define gettext_noop(String) String
+
+#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

lib/hash.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-/* hash.h -- decls for hash table
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Written by Greg McGary <[email protected]>
+   Written by Jim Meyering <[email protected]>, 1998.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -13,132 +13,81 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifndef _hash_h_
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
-#define _hash_h_
 
-#include <stdio.h>
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
 
-typedef unsigned long (*hash_func_t) __P((void const *key));
+#ifndef HASH_H_
-typedef int (*hash_cmp_func_t) __P((void const *x, void const *y));
+# define HASH_H_
-typedef void (*hash_map_func_t) __P((void const *item));
 
-struct hash_table
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
+
+struct hash_entry
   {
-  void **ht_vec;
+    void *data;
-  unsigned long ht_size;	/* total number of slots (power of 2) */
+    struct hash_entry *next;
-  unsigned long ht_capacity;	/* usable slots, limited by loading-factor */
-  unsigned long ht_fill;	/* items in table */
-  unsigned long ht_collisions;	/* # of failed calls to comparison function */
-  unsigned long ht_lookups;	/* # of queries */
-  unsigned int ht_rehashes;	/* # of times we've expanded table */
-  hash_func_t ht_hash_1;	/* primary hash function */
-  hash_func_t ht_hash_2;	/* secondary hash function */
-  hash_cmp_func_t ht_compare;	/* comparison function */
   };
 
-typedef int (*qsort_cmp_t) __P((void const *, void const *));
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
 
-void hash_init __P((struct hash_table *ht, unsigned long size,
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
-		    hash_func_t hash_1, hash_func_t hash_2, hash_cmp_func_t hash_cmp));
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
-void hash_load __P((struct hash_table *ht, void *item_table,
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
-		    unsigned long cardinality, unsigned long size));
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
-void **hash_find_slot __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *key));
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
-void *hash_find_item __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *key));
+  };
-void *hash_insert __P((struct hash_table *ht, void *item));
-void *hash_insert_at __P((struct hash_table *ht, void *item, void const *slot));
-void *hash_delete __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *item));
-void *hash_delete_at __P((struct hash_table *ht, void const *slot));
-void hash_delete_items __P((struct hash_table *ht));
-void hash_free_items __P((struct hash_table *ht));
-void hash_free __P((struct hash_table *ht, int free_items));
-void hash_map __P((struct hash_table *ht, hash_map_func_t map));
-void hash_print_stats __P((struct hash_table *ht, FILE *out_FILE));
-void **hash_dump __P((struct hash_table *ht, void **vector_0, qsort_cmp_t compare));
 
-extern void *hash_deleted_item;
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
-#define HASH_VACANT(item) ((item) == 0 || (void *) (item) == hash_deleted_item)
 
-
+struct hash_table;
-/* hash and comparison macros for string keys. */
 
-#define STRING_HASH_1(_key_, _result_) { \
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
-  unsigned char const *kk = (unsigned char const *) (_key_) - 1; \
-  while (*++kk) \
-    (_result_) += (*kk << (kk[1] & 0xf)); \
-} while (0)
-#define return_STRING_HASH_1(_key_) do { \
-  unsigned long result = 0; \
-  STRING_HASH_1 ((_key_), result); \
-  return result; \
-} while (0)
 
-#define STRING_HASH_2(_key_, _result_) do { \
+/* Information and lookup.  */
-  unsigned char const *kk = (unsigned char const *) (_key_) - 1; \
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-  while (*++kk) \
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-    (_result_) += (*kk << (kk[1] & 0x7)); \
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-} while (0)
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-#define return_STRING_HASH_2(_key_) do { \
+bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-  unsigned long result = 0; \
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
-  STRING_HASH_2 ((_key_), result); \
+void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
-  return result; \
-} while (0)
 
-#define STRING_COMPARE(_x_, _y_, _result_) do { \
+/* Walking.  */
-  unsigned char const *xx = (unsigned char const *) (_x_) - 1; \
+void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
-  unsigned char const *yy = (unsigned char const *) (_y_) - 1; \
+void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
-  do { \
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
-    if (*++xx == '\0') { \
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
-      yy++; \
-      break; \
-    } \
-  } while (*xx == *++yy); \
-  (_result_) = *xx - *yy; \
-} while (0)
-#define return_STRING_COMPARE(_x_, _y_) do { \
-  int result; \
-  STRING_COMPARE (_x_, _y_, result); \
-  return result; \
-} while (0)
 
-/* hash and comparison macros for integer keys. */
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
+void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 
-#define INTEGER_HASH_1(_key_, _result_) do { \
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
-  (_result_) += ((unsigned long)(_key_)); \
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
-} while (0)
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
-#define return_INTEGER_HASH_1(_key_) do { \
+void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
-  unsigned long result = 0; \
-  INTEGER_HASH_1 ((_key_), result); \
-  return result; \
-} while (0)
 
-#define INTEGER_HASH_2(_key_, _result_) do { \
+#endif
-  (_result_) += ~((unsigned long)(_key_)); \
-} while (0)
-#define return_INTEGER_HASH_2(_key_) do { \
-  unsigned long result = 0; \
-  INTEGER_HASH_2 ((_key_), result); \
-  return result; \
-} while (0)
-
-#define INTEGER_COMPARE(_x_, _y_, _result_) do { \
-  (_result_) = _x_ - _y_; \
-} while (0)
-#define return_INTEGER_COMPARE(_x_, _y_) do { \
-  int result; \
-  INTEGER_COMPARE (_x_, _y_, result); \
-  return result; \
-} while (0)
-
-/* hash and comparison macros for address keys. */
-
-#define ADDRESS_HASH_1(_key_, _result_) INTEGER_HASH_1 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3, (_result_))
-#define ADDRESS_HASH_2(_key_, _result_) INTEGER_HASH_2 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3, (_result_))
-#define ADDRESS_COMPARE(_x_, _y_, _result_) INTEGER_COMPARE ((_x_), (_y_), (_result_))
-#define return_ADDRESS_HASH_1(_key_) return_INTEGER_HASH_1 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3)
-#define return_ADDRESS_HASH_2(_key_) return_INTEGER_HASH_2 (((unsigned long)(_key_)) >> 3)
-#define return_ADDRESS_COMPARE(_x_, _y_) return_INTEGER_COMPARE ((_x_), (_y_))
-
-#endif /* not _hash_h_ */

lib/lbitset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Functions to support lbitsets.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Michael Hayes ([email protected]).
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LBITSET_H
+#define _LBITSET_H 
+
+#include "bitset.h"
+
+extern size_t lbitset_bytes PARAMS ((bitset_bindex));
+
+extern bitset lbitset_init PARAMS ((bitset, bitset_bindex));
+
+extern void lbitset_release_memory PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif

lib/libiberty.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Fake libiberty.h for Bison.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+
+/* Bison depends on libiberty's implementation of bitsets, which
+   requires a `libiberty.h' file.  This file provides the minimum
+   services.  */
+
+#ifndef BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_
+# define BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* This file is the public interface to the bitset abstract data type.
+   Only use the functions and macros defined in this file.  */
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef __attribute__
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#   define __attribute__(x)
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+# endif
+
+# include "xalloc.h"
+
+#endif /* ! BISON_LIBIBERTY_H_ */

lib/main.c

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* Yacc library main function.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+   Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if ! HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(Category, Locale)
+#endif
+
+int yyparse (void);
+
+int
+main (void)
+{
+  setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
+  return yyparse ();
+}

lib/mbswidth.c

@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <[email protected]>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "mbswidth.h"
+
+/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Get isprint().  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get iswprint(), iswcntrl().  */
+#if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+# include <wctype.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+# define iswprint(wc) 1
+#endif
+#if !defined iswcntrl && !HAVE_ISWCNTRL
+# define iswcntrl(wc) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mbsinit
+# if !HAVE_MBSINIT
+#  define mbsinit(ps) 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+int wcwidth ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef wcwidth
+# if !HAVE_WCWIDTH
+/* wcwidth doesn't exist, so assume all printable characters have
+   width 1.  */
+#  define wcwidth(wc) ((wc) == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Get ISPRINT.  */
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+#undef ISCNTRL
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && iscntrl (c))
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
+   occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is specified, -1 is returned.
+   With flags = MBSW_REJECT_INVALID | MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE, this is
+   the multibyte analogon of the wcswidth function.  */
+int
+mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
+   non-printable character occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is
+   specified, -1 is returned.  */
+int
+mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
+{
+  const char *p = string;
+  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
+  int width;
+
+  width = 0;
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      while (p < plimit)
+	switch (*p)
+	  {
+	    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+	    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+	    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+	    case '?':
+	    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+	    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+	    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+	    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+	    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+	    case 'Z':
+	    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+	    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+	    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+	    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+	    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+	    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+	      /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
+	      p++;
+	      width++;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t wc;
+		    size_t bytes;
+		    int w;
+
+		    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+		      {
+			if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+			  {
+			    p++;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+		      {
+			if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+			  {
+			    p = plimit;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+		      bytes = 1;
+
+		    w = wcwidth (wc);
+		    if (w >= 0)
+		      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
+		      width += w;
+		    else
+		      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
+		      if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+			width += (iswcntrl (wc) ? 0 : 1);
+		      else
+			return -1;
+
+		    p += bytes;
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+	      break;
+	  }
+      return width;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (p < plimit)
+    {
+      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
+
+      if (ISPRINT (c))
+	width++;
+      else if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+	width += (ISCNTRL (c) ? 0 : 1);
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  return width;
+}

lib/mbswidth.h

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete
+   character.  Otherwise, assume invalid characters have width 1.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_INVALID 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.
+   Otherwise, assume unprintable characters have width 0 if they are
+   control characters and 1 otherwise.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE	2
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth  /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
+extern int mbswidth (const char *string, int flags);
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
+   starting at BUF.  */
+extern int mbsnwidth (const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags);

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se).
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#undef	__ptr_t
+#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t	void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# undef	const
+# define const
+# define __ptr_t	char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#ifndef __P
+# if defined __GNUC__ || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define __P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __P(args) ()
+# endif  /* GCC.  */
+#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef memcmp
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+
+# include <memcopy.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
+
+#else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+/* Type to use for aligned memory operations.
+   This should normally be the biggest type supported by a single load
+   and store.  Must be an unsigned type.  */
+# define op_t	unsigned long int
+# define OPSIZ	(sizeof(op_t))
+
+/* Threshold value for when to enter the unrolled loops.  */
+# define OP_T_THRES	16
+
+/* Type to use for unaligned operations.  */
+typedef unsigned char byte;
+
+# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) >> (sh_1)) | ((w1) << (sh_2)))
+# else
+#  define MERGE(w0, sh_1, w1, sh_2) (((w0) << (sh_1)) | ((w1) >> (sh_2)))
+# endif
+
+#endif	/* In the GNU C library.  */
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? 1 : -1)
+#else
+# define CMP_LT_OR_GT(a, b) memcmp_bytes ((a), (b))
+#endif
+
+/* BE VERY CAREFUL IF YOU CHANGE THIS CODE!  */
+
+/* The strategy of this memcmp is:
+
+   1. Compare bytes until one of the block pointers is aligned.
+
+   2. Compare using memcmp_common_alignment or
+      memcmp_not_common_alignment, regarding the alignment of the other
+      block after the initial byte operations.  The maximum number of
+      full words (of type op_t) are compared in this way.
+
+   3. Compare the few remaining bytes.  */
+
+#ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+/* memcmp_bytes -- Compare A and B bytewise in the byte order of the machine.
+   A and B are known to be different.
+   This is needed only on little-endian machines.  */
+
+static int memcmp_bytes __P((op_t, op_t));
+
+# ifdef  __GNUC__
+__inline
+# endif
+static int
+memcmp_bytes (long unsigned int a, long unsigned int b)
+{
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) &a;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) &b;
+  op_t a0, b0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+    }
+  while (a0 == b0);
+  return a0 - b0;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int memcmp_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN `op_t'
+   objects (not LEN bytes!).  Both SRCP1 and SRCP2 should be aligned for
+   memory operations on `op_t's.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0, a1;
+  op_t b0, b1;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      if (a1 != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      if (a0 != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a0, b0);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  if (a1 != b1)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (a1, b1);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int memcmp_not_common_alignment __P((long, long, size_t));
+
+/* memcmp_not_common_alignment -- Compare blocks at SRCP1 and SRCP2 with LEN
+   `op_t' objects (not LEN bytes!).  SRCP2 should be aligned for memory
+   operations on `op_t', but SRCP1 *should be unaligned*.  */
+#ifdef	__GNUC__
+__inline
+#endif
+static int
+memcmp_not_common_alignment (long int srcp1, long int srcp2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0, a1, a2, a3;
+  op_t b0, b1, b2, b3;
+  op_t x;
+  int shl, shr;
+
+  /* Calculate how to shift a word read at the memory operation
+     aligned srcp1 to make it aligned for comparison.  */
+
+  shl = 8 * (srcp1 % OPSIZ);
+  shr = 8 * OPSIZ - shl;
+
+  /* Make SRCP1 aligned by rounding it down to the beginning of the `op_t'
+     it points in the middle of.  */
+  srcp1 &= -OPSIZ;
+
+  switch (len % 4)
+    {
+    default: /* Avoid warning about uninitialized local variables.  */
+    case 2:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 -= 2 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 2;
+      goto do1;
+    case 3:
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp2 -= 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len += 1;
+      goto do2;
+    case 0:
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	return 0;
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      goto do3;
+    case 1:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 2 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 1 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 1;
+      if (OP_T_THRES <= 3 * OPSIZ && len == 0)
+	goto do0;
+      /* Fall through.  */
+    }
+
+  do
+    {
+      a0 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[0];
+      x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+      if (x != b3)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+
+    do3:
+      a1 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[1];
+      b1 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[1];
+      x = MERGE(a3, shl, a0, shr);
+      if (x != b0)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b0);
+
+    do2:
+      a2 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[2];
+      b2 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[2];
+      x = MERGE(a0, shl, a1, shr);
+      if (x != b1)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b1);
+
+    do1:
+      a3 = ((op_t *) srcp1)[3];
+      b3 = ((op_t *) srcp2)[3];
+      x = MERGE(a1, shl, a2, shr);
+      if (x != b2)
+	return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b2);
+
+      srcp1 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += 4 * OPSIZ;
+      len -= 4;
+    }
+  while (len != 0);
+
+  /* This is the right position for do0.  Please don't move
+     it into the loop.  */
+ do0:
+  x = MERGE(a2, shl, a3, shr);
+  if (x != b3)
+    return CMP_LT_OR_GT (x, b3);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rpl_memcmp (const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len)
+{
+  op_t a0;
+  op_t b0;
+  long int srcp1 = (long int) s1;
+  long int srcp2 = (long int) s2;
+  op_t res;
+
+  if (len >= OP_T_THRES)
+    {
+      /* There are at least some bytes to compare.  No need to test
+	 for LEN == 0 in this alignment loop.  */
+      while (srcp2 % OPSIZ != 0)
+	{
+	  a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+	  b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+	  srcp1 += 1;
+	  srcp2 += 1;
+	  res = a0 - b0;
+	  if (res != 0)
+	    return res;
+	  len -= 1;
+	}
+
+      /* SRCP2 is now aligned for memory operations on `op_t'.
+	 SRCP1 alignment determines if we can do a simple,
+	 aligned compare or need to shuffle bits.  */
+
+      if (srcp1 % OPSIZ == 0)
+	res = memcmp_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      else
+	res = memcmp_not_common_alignment (srcp1, srcp2, len / OPSIZ);
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+
+      /* Number of bytes remaining in the interval [0..OPSIZ-1].  */
+      srcp1 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      srcp2 += len & -OPSIZ;
+      len %= OPSIZ;
+    }
+
+  /* There are just a few bytes to compare.  Use byte memory operations.  */
+  while (len != 0)
+    {
+      a0 = ((byte *) srcp1)[0];
+      b0 = ((byte *) srcp2)[0];
+      srcp1 += 1;
+      srcp2 += 1;
+      res = a0 - b0;
+      if (res != 0)
+	return res;
+      len -= 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef weak_alias
+# undef bcmp
+weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
+#endif

lib/memrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#undef memrchr
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+#endif
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif

lib/obstack.c

@@ -1,23 +1,18 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994, 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -40,18 +35,21 @@
    files, it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
 #include <stdio.h>		/* Random thing to get __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ > 1
 # include <gnu-versions.h>
 # if _GNU_OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION == OBSTACK_INTERFACE_VERSION
 #  define ELIDE_CODE
 # endif
 #endif
 
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
 
 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
 
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 #  define POINTER void *
 # else
 #  define POINTER char *
@@ -82,7 +80,7 @@ union fooround {long x; double d;};
    abort gracefully or use longjump - but shouldn't return.  This
    variable by default points to the internal function
    `print_and_abort'.  */
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static void print_and_abort (void);
 void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
 # else
@@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
    For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
    do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 #  define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
   (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
    ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
@@ -152,7 +150,7 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
      struct obstack *h;
      int size;
      int alignment;
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
      POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
      void (*freefun) (void *);
 # else
@@ -181,7 +179,7 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
       size = 4096 - extra;
     }
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
   h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
   h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
 # else
@@ -210,7 +208,7 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
      struct obstack *h;
      int size;
      int alignment;
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
      POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
      void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
 # else
@@ -240,7 +238,7 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
       size = 4096 - extra;
     }
 
-#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
   h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
   h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
 # else
@@ -341,7 +339,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
    This is here for debugging.
    If you use it in a program, you are probably losing.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 /* Suppress -Wmissing-prototypes warning.  We don't want to declare this in
    obstack.h because it is just for debugging.  */
 int _obstack_allocated_p (struct obstack *h, POINTER obj);
@@ -456,26 +454,40 @@ _obstack_memory_used (h)
 }
 
 /* Define the error handler.  */
-#ifndef _
+# ifdef _LIBC
-# if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 #  include <libintl.h>
-#  ifndef _
-#   define _(Str) gettext (Str)
-#  endif
 # else
-#  define _(Str) (Str)
+#  include "gettext.h"
-# endif
 # endif
+# define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+
 # if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
 #  include <libio/iolibio.h>
 #  define fputs(s, f) _IO_fputs (s, f)
 # endif
 
+# ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
+#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 static void
+__attribute__ ((noreturn))
 print_and_abort ()
 {
-  fputs (_("memory exhausted"), stderr);
+  /* Don't change any of these strings.  Yes, it would be possible to add
-  fputc ('\n', stderr);
+     the newline to the string and use fputs or so.  But this must not
+     happen because the "memory exhausted" message appears in other places
+     like this and the translation should be reused instead of creating
+     a very similar string which requires a separate translation.  */
+# if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    __fwprintf (stderr, L"%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
+  else
+# endif
+    fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", _("memory exhausted"));
   exit (obstack_exit_failure);
 }
 
@@ -486,7 +498,7 @@ print_and_abort ()
 /* Now define the functional versions of the obstack macros.
    Define them to simply use the corresponding macros to do the job.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 /* These function definitions do not work with non-ANSI preprocessors;
    they won't pass through the macro names in parentheses.  */
 

lib/obstack.h

@@ -4,20 +4,23 @@
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
    Library General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   USA.  */
 
 /* Summary:
 

lib/quote.c

@@ -1,12 +1,32 @@
+/* quote.c - quote arguments for output
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
 /* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include <quotearg.h>
+#include "quotearg.h"
-#include <quote.h>
+#include "quote.h"
 
 /* Return an unambiguous printable representated, allocated in slot N,
    for NAME, suitable for diagnostics.  */

lib/quote.h

@@ -1,4 +1,20 @@
-/* prototypes for quote.c */
+/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
 
 #ifndef PARAMS
 # if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,46 +21,19 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+#include "quotearg.h"
-# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
+
-#endif
+#include "xalloc.h"
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <quotearg.h>
-#include <xalloc.h>
 
 #include <ctype.h>
-
+#include <errno.h>
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(text) gettext (text)
-#else
-# define _(text) text
-#endif
-#define N_(text) text
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
 #include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef CHAR_BIT
-# define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
-# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
-# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
-#else
-# define ALERT_CHAR '\7'
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 #include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
 #include <string.h>
-#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
+#define N_(msgid) msgid
 
 #if HAVE_WCHAR_H
 
@@ -78,7 +51,7 @@
 # undef MB_CUR_MAX
 # define MB_CUR_MAX 1
 # define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
-# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
+# define iswprint(wc) isprint ((unsigned char) (wc))
 # undef HAVE_MBSINIT
 #endif
 
@@ -95,17 +68,11 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
-#undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
 
 struct quoting_options
 {
@@ -151,9 +118,10 @@ static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
 struct quoting_options *
 clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
 {
-  struct quoting_options *p
+  int e = errno;
-    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
+  struct quoting_options *p = xmalloc (sizeof *p);
   *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
+  errno = e;
   return p;
 }
 
@@ -285,7 +253,7 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
       break;
     }
 
-  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
+  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
     {
       unsigned char c;
       unsigned char esc;
@@ -299,6 +267,16 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
       c = arg[i];
       switch (c)
 	{
+	case '\0':
+	  if (backslash_escapes)
+	    {
+	      STORE ('\\');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      STORE ('0');
+	      c = '0';
+	    }
+	  break;
+
 	case '?':
 	  switch (quoting_style)
 	    {
@@ -314,8 +292,8 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 		  case '<': case '=': case '>':
 		    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
 		       a trigraph.  */
-		    i += 2;
 		    c = arg[i + 2];
+		    i += 2;
 		    STORE ('?');
 		    STORE ('\\');
 		    STORE ('?');
@@ -328,7 +306,7 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 	    }
 	  break;
 
-	case ALERT_CHAR: esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
+	case '\a': esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
 	case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
 	case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
 	case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
@@ -416,7 +394,7 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 	    if (unibyte_locale)
 	      {
 		m = 1;
-		printable = ISPRINT (c);
+		printable = isprint (c);
 	      }
 	    else
 	      {
@@ -425,7 +403,7 @@ quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 
 		m = 0;
 		printable = 1;
-		if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
+		if (argsize == SIZE_MAX)
 		  argsize = strlen (arg);
 
 		do
@@ -521,24 +499,31 @@ quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 		 struct quoting_options const *o)
 {
   struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
-  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
+  int e = errno;
+  size_t r = quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
 				       p->style, p);
+  errno = e;
+  return r;
 }
 
-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
+/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
+   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
    OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
    The returned value points to static storage that can be
    reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
    N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
    to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
 static char *
-quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
+quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
 		    struct quoting_options const *options)
 {
+  int e = errno;
+
   /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
      one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
   static char slot0[256];
   static unsigned int nslots = 1;
+  unsigned int n0 = n;
   struct slotvec
     {
       size_t size;
@@ -547,42 +532,49 @@ quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg,
   static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
   static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
 
-  if (nslots <= n)
+  if (n < 0)
-    {
-      int n1 = n + 1;
-      size_t s = n1 * sizeof (struct slotvec);
-      if (! (0 < n1 && n1 == s / sizeof (struct slotvec)))
     abort ();
+
+  if (nslots <= n0)
+    {
+      unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
+      size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
+
+      if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
+	  && n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
+	xalloc_die ();
+
       if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
 	{
-	  slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct slotvec));
+	  slotvec = xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
 	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
 	}
-      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
+      slotvec = xrealloc (slotvec, s);
-      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof (struct slotvec));
+      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
-      nslots = n;
+      nslots = n1;
     }
 
   {
     size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
     char *val = slotvec[n].val;
-    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
 
     if (size <= qsize)
       {
 	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
 	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
-	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, (size_t) -1, options);
+	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
       }
 
+    errno = e;
     return val;
   }
 }
 
 char *
-quotearg_n (unsigned int n, char const *arg)
+quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
 {
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &default_quoting_options);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &default_quoting_options);
 }
 
 char *
@@ -591,13 +583,29 @@ quotearg (char const *arg)
   return quotearg_n (0, arg);
 }
 
-char *
+/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
-quotearg_n_style (unsigned int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+static struct quoting_options
+quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
 {
   struct quoting_options o;
-  o.style = s;
+  o.style = style;
   memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, &o);
+  return o;
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &o);
+}
+
+char *
+quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+		      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
+{
+  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
+  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
 }
 
 char *
@@ -612,7 +620,7 @@ quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
   struct quoting_options options;
   options = default_quoting_options;
   set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
-  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, &options);
+  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, SIZE_MAX, &options);
 }
 
 char *

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 /* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,6 +19,11 @@
 
 /* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]> */
 
+#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
+# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
+
+# include <stddef.h>
+
 /* Basic quoting styles.  */
 enum quoting_style
   {
@@ -40,37 +47,27 @@ extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
 
 struct quoting_options;
 
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
 /* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
    that contains the default quoting style options.  */
 
 /* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
    to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
    It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
-struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
+struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o);
-   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
 
 /* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
-enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
+enum quoting_style get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o);
 
 /* In O (or in the default if O is null),
    set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
-void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
+void set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s);
-				enum quoting_style s));
 
 /* In O (or in the default if O is null),
    set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
    Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
    0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
    it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
-int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
+int set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i);
 
 /* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
    argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
@@ -80,31 +77,38 @@ int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
    If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
    value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
    If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
-size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
+size_t quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
 			char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-				struct quoting_options const *o));
+			struct quoting_options const *o);
 
 /* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
    Use the default quoting options.
    The returned value points to static storage that can be
    reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
    N must be nonnegative.  */
-char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
+char *quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg);
 
 /* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
-char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+char *quotearg (char const *arg);
 
 /* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
    This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
    options to specify the quoting method.  */
-char *quotearg_n_style PARAMS ((unsigned int n, enum quoting_style s,
+char *quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
-				char const *arg));
+
+/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
+   argument ARG of size ARGSIZE.  This is like quotearg_n_style
+   (N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes.  */
+char *quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
+			    char const *arg, size_t argsize);
 
 /* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG).  */
-char *quotearg_style PARAMS ((enum quoting_style s, char const *arg));
+char *quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
 
 /* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
-char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
+char *quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch);
 
 /* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
-char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));
+char *quotearg_colon (char const *arg);
+
+#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */

lib/strcasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* strcasecmp.c -- case insensitive string comparator
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LENGTH_LIMIT
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strncasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N , size_t n
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) Expr
+#else
+# define STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION strcasecmp
+# define STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N /* empty */
+# define LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR(Expr) 0
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#define TOLOWER(Ch) (isupper (Ch) ? tolower (Ch) : (Ch))
+
+/* Compare {{no more than N characters of }}strings S1 and S2,
+   ignoring case, returning less than, equal to or
+   greater than zero if S1 is lexicographically less
+   than, equal to or greater than S2.  */
+
+int
+STRXCASECMP_FUNCTION (const char *s1, const char *s2 STRXCASECMP_DECLARE_N)
+{
+  register const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  register const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2 || LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (n == 0))
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      c1 = TOLOWER (*p1);
+      c2 = TOLOWER (*p2);
+
+      if (LENGTH_LIMIT_EXPR (--n == 0) || c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+}

lib/strchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+char *
+strchr (const char *s, int c)
+{
+  return index (s, c);
+}

lib/strncasecmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#define LENGTH_LIMIT
+#include "strcasecmp.c"

lib/strnlen.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
    The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
@@ -25,7 +25,11 @@
 # if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
 #  include <memory.h>
 # endif
+/* Temporarily redefine strnlen so that an inconsistent prototype
+   (on at least AIX4.3.2.0 w/gcc-2.95.3) doesn't cause trouble.  */
+# define strnlen system_strnlen
 # include <string.h>
+# undef strnlen
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
@@ -51,7 +55,7 @@ size_t
 __strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
 {
   const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
-  return end ? end - string : maxlen;
+  return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
 }
 #ifdef weak_alias
 weak_alias (__strnlen, strnlen)

lib/strrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* Portable version of strrchr().
+   This function is in the public domain. */
+
+/*
+
+@deftypefn Supplemental char* strrchr (const char *@var{s}, int @var{c})
+
+Returns a pointer to the last occurrence of the character @var{c} in
+the string @var{s}, or @code{NULL} if not found.  If @var{c} is itself the
+null character, the results are undefined.
+
+@end deftypefn
+
+*/
+
+#include <ansidecl.h>
+
+char *
+strrchr (s, c)
+  register const char *s;
+  int c;
+{
+  char *rtnval = 0;
+
+  do {
+    if (*s == c)
+      rtnval = (char*) s;
+  } while (*s++);
+  return (rtnval);
+}

lib/strspn.c

@@ -3,20 +3,19 @@
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
    C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   any later version.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   License along with this program; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place -
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-   Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>

lib/strtol.c

@@ -0,0 +1,472 @@
+/* Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# define STDC_HEADERS
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(Val) errno = (Val)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stddef.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Nonzero if we are defining `strtoul' or `strtoull', operating on
+   unsigned integers.  */
+#ifndef UNSIGNED
+# define UNSIGNED 0
+# define INT LONG int
+#else
+# define INT unsigned LONG int
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the name.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstoul_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoull_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtoul_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __wcstoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __wcstol_l
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol __strtoll_l
+#   else
+#    define strtol __strtol_l
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else
+# if UNSIGNED
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstoul
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoull
+#   else
+#    define strtol strtoul
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# else
+#  ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol wcstoll
+#   else
+#    define strtol wcstol
+#   endif
+#  else
+#   ifdef QUAD
+#    define strtol strtoll
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* If QUAD is defined, we are defining `strtoll' or `strtoull',
+   operating on `long long int's.  */
+#ifdef QUAD
+# define LONG long long
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_LONG_MAX
+
+/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs,
+   e.g. Cray C 5.0.3.0 when t == time_t.  */
+# ifndef TYPE_SIGNED
+#  define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MINIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
+				? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) \
+				: (t) 0))
+# endif
+# ifndef TYPE_MAXIMUM
+#  define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) ((t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t)))
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (unsigned long long)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_LONG_MAX TYPE_MAXIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_LONG_MIN
+#  define LONG_LONG_MIN TYPE_MINIMUM (long long int)
+# endif
+
+# if __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7
+   /* Work around gcc bug with using this constant.  */
+   static const unsigned long long int maxquad = ULONG_LONG_MAX;
+#  undef STRTOL_ULONG_MAX
+#  define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX maxquad
+# endif
+#else
+# define LONG long
+
+# ifndef ULONG_MAX
+#  define ULONG_MAX ((unsigned long) ~(unsigned long) 0)
+# endif
+# ifndef LONG_MAX
+#  define LONG_MAX ((long int) (ULONG_MAX >> 1))
+# endif
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MIN LONG_MIN
+# define STRTOL_LONG_MAX LONG_MAX
+# define STRTOL_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+
+/* We use this code also for the extended locale handling where the
+   function gets as an additional argument the locale which has to be
+   used.  To access the values we have to redefine the _NL_CURRENT
+   macro.  */
+#ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+# undef _NL_CURRENT
+# define _NL_CURRENT(category, item) \
+  (current->values[_NL_ITEM_INDEX (item)].string)
+# define LOCALE_PARAM , loc
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL __locale_t loc;
+#else
+# define LOCALE_PARAM
+# define LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_WIDE_CHAR
+# include <wctype.h>
+# define L_(Ch) L##Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE wint_t
+# define STRING_TYPE wchar_t
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __iswspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __iswalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __towupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) iswspace (Ch)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) iswalpha (Ch)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) towupper (Ch)
+# endif
+#else
+# if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# else
+#  define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# endif
+# define L_(Ch) Ch
+# define UCHAR_TYPE unsigned char
+# define STRING_TYPE char
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) __isspace_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) __isalpha_l ((Ch), loc)
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) __toupper_l ((Ch), loc)
+# else
+#  define ISSPACE(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isspace (Ch))
+#  define ISALPHA(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) && isalpha (Ch))
+#  define TOUPPER(Ch) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Ch) ? toupper (Ch) : (Ch))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* For compilers which are ansi but don't define __STDC__, like SGI
+   Irix-4.0.5 cc, also check whether PROTOTYPES is defined. */
+#if defined (__STDC__) || defined (PROTOTYPES)
+# define INTERNAL(X) INTERNAL1(X)
+# define INTERNAL1(X) __##X##_internal
+# define WEAKNAME(X) WEAKNAME1(X)
+#else
+# define INTERNAL(X) __/**/X/**/_internal
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+/* This file defines a function to check for correct grouping.  */
+# include "grouping.h"
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Convert NPTR to an `unsigned long int' or `long int' in base BASE.
+   If BASE is 0 the base is determined by the presence of a leading
+   zero, indicating octal or a leading "0x" or "0X", indicating hexadecimal.
+   If BASE is < 2 or > 36, it is reset to 10.
+   If ENDPTR is not NULL, a pointer to the character after the last
+   one converted is stored in *ENDPTR.  */
+
+INT
+INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     int group;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  int negative;
+  register unsigned LONG int cutoff;
+  register unsigned int cutlim;
+  register unsigned LONG int i;
+  register const STRING_TYPE *s;
+  register UCHAR_TYPE c;
+  const STRING_TYPE *save, *end;
+  int overflow;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+# ifdef USE_IN_EXTENDED_LOCALE_MODEL
+  struct locale_data *current = loc->__locales[LC_NUMERIC];
+# endif
+  /* The thousands character of the current locale.  */
+  wchar_t thousands = L'\0';
+  /* The numeric grouping specification of the current locale,
+     in the format described in <locale.h>.  */
+  const char *grouping;
+
+  if (group)
+    {
+      grouping = _NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, GROUPING);
+      if (*grouping <= 0 || *grouping == CHAR_MAX)
+	grouping = NULL;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Figure out the thousands separator character.  */
+# if defined _LIBC || defined _HAVE_BTOWC
+	  thousands = __btowc (*_NL_CURRENT (LC_NUMERIC, THOUSANDS_SEP));
+	  if (thousands == WEOF)
+	    thousands = L'\0';
+# endif
+	  if (thousands == L'\0')
+	    grouping = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    grouping = NULL;
+#endif
+
+  if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  save = s = nptr;
+
+  /* Skip white space.  */
+  while (ISSPACE (*s))
+    ++s;
+  if (*s == L_('\0'))
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Check for a sign.  */
+  if (*s == L_('-'))
+    {
+      negative = 1;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else if (*s == L_('+'))
+    {
+      negative = 0;
+      ++s;
+    }
+  else
+    negative = 0;
+
+  /* Recognize number prefix and if BASE is zero, figure it out ourselves.  */
+  if (*s == L_('0'))
+    {
+      if ((base == 0 || base == 16) && TOUPPER (s[1]) == L_('X'))
+	{
+	  s += 2;
+	  base = 16;
+	}
+      else if (base == 0)
+	base = 8;
+    }
+  else if (base == 0)
+    base = 10;
+
+  /* Save the pointer so we can check later if anything happened.  */
+  save = s;
+
+#ifdef USE_NUMBER_GROUPING
+  if (group)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of the digit string and check its grouping.  */
+      end = s;
+      for (c = *end; c != L_('\0'); c = *++end)
+	if ((wchar_t) c != thousands
+	    && ((wchar_t) c < L_('0') || (wchar_t) c > L_('9'))
+	    && (!ISALPHA (c) || (int) (TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10) >= base))
+	  break;
+      if (*s == thousands)
+	end = s;
+      else
+	end = correctly_grouped_prefix (s, end, thousands, grouping);
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    end = NULL;
+
+  cutoff = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX / (unsigned LONG int) base;
+  cutlim = STRTOL_ULONG_MAX % (unsigned LONG int) base;
+
+  overflow = 0;
+  i = 0;
+  for (c = *s; c != L_('\0'); c = *++s)
+    {
+      if (s == end)
+	break;
+      if (c >= L_('0') && c <= L_('9'))
+	c -= L_('0');
+      else if (ISALPHA (c))
+	c = TOUPPER (c) - L_('A') + 10;
+      else
+	break;
+      if ((int) c >= base)
+	break;
+      /* Check for overflow.  */
+      if (i > cutoff || (i == cutoff && c > cutlim))
+	overflow = 1;
+      else
+	{
+	  i *= (unsigned LONG int) base;
+	  i += c;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Check if anything actually happened.  */
+  if (s == save)
+    goto noconv;
+
+  /* Store in ENDPTR the address of one character
+     past the last character we converted.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    *endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) s;
+
+#if !UNSIGNED
+  /* Check for a value that is within the range of
+     `unsigned LONG int', but outside the range of `LONG int'.  */
+  if (overflow == 0
+      && i > (negative
+	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (STRTOL_LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
+	      : (unsigned LONG int) STRTOL_LONG_MAX))
+    overflow = 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (overflow)
+    {
+      __set_errno (ERANGE);
+#if UNSIGNED
+      return STRTOL_ULONG_MAX;
+#else
+      return negative ? STRTOL_LONG_MIN : STRTOL_LONG_MAX;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Return the result of the appropriate sign.  */
+  return negative ? -i : i;
+
+noconv:
+  /* We must handle a special case here: the base is 0 or 16 and the
+     first two characters are '0' and 'x', but the rest are no
+     hexadecimal digits.  This is no error case.  We return 0 and
+     ENDPTR points to the `x`.  */
+  if (endptr != NULL)
+    {
+      if (save - nptr >= 2 && TOUPPER (save[-1]) == L_('X')
+	  && save[-2] == L_('0'))
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) &save[-1];
+      else
+	/*  There was no number to convert.  */
+	*endptr = (STRING_TYPE *) nptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0L;
+}
+
+/* External user entry point.  */
+
+#if _LIBC - 0 == 0
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+
+/* Prototype.  */
+INT strtol PARAMS ((const STRING_TYPE *nptr, STRING_TYPE **endptr, int base));
+#endif
+
+
+INT
+#ifdef weak_function
+weak_function
+#endif
+strtol (nptr, endptr, base LOCALE_PARAM)
+     const STRING_TYPE *nptr;
+     STRING_TYPE **endptr;
+     int base;
+     LOCALE_PARAM_DECL
+{
+  return INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, 0 LOCALE_PARAM);
+}

lib/strtoul.c

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#define UNSIGNED	1
+
+#include "strtol.c"

lib/subpipe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/* Subprocesses with pipes.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]>
+   and Florian Krohm <florian@edamail.fishkill.ibm.com>.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#if ! defined SIGCHLD && defined SIGCLD
+# define SIGCHLD SIGCLD
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if ! EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
+# define STDIN_FILENO 0
+#endif
+#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
+# define STDOUT_FILENO 1
+#endif
+#if ! HAVE_DUP2 && ! defined dup2
+# if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+#  include <fcntl.h>
+# endif
+# define dup2(f, t) (close (t), fcntl (f, F_DUPFD, t))
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
+# include <sys/wait.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
+# define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
+#endif
+#ifndef WIFEXITED
+# define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_VFORK_H
+# include <vfork.h>
+#endif
+#if ! HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
+# define vfork fork
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#define _(Msgid)  gettext (Msgid)
+
+#include "subpipe.h"
+
+
+/* Initialize this module.  */
+
+void
+init_subpipe (void)
+{
+#ifdef SIGCHLD
+  /* System V fork+wait does not work if SIGCHLD is ignored.  */
+  signal (SIGCHLD, SIG_DFL);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/* Create a subprocess that is run as a filter.  ARGV is the
+   NULL-terminated argument vector for the subprocess.  Store read and
+   write file descriptors for communication with the subprocess into
+   FD[0] and FD[1]: input meant for the process can be written into
+   FD[0], and output from the process can be read from FD[1].  Return
+   the subprocess id.
+
+   To avoid deadlock, the invoker must not let incoming data pile up
+   in FD[1] while writing data to FD[0].  */
+
+pid_t
+create_subpipe (char const * const *argv, int fd[2])
+{
+  int pipe_fd[2];
+  int from_in_fd;
+  int from_out_fd;
+  int to_in_fd;
+  int to_out_fd;
+  pid_t pid;
+
+  if (pipe (pipe_fd) != 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "pipe");
+  to_in_fd = pipe_fd[0];
+  to_out_fd = pipe_fd[1];
+
+  if (pipe (pipe_fd) != 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "pipe");
+  from_in_fd = pipe_fd[0];
+  from_out_fd = pipe_fd[1];
+
+  pid = vfork ();
+  if (pid < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "fork");
+
+  if (! pid)
+    {
+      /* Child.  */
+      close (to_out_fd);
+      close (from_in_fd);
+
+      if (to_in_fd != STDIN_FILENO)
+	{
+	  dup2 (to_in_fd, STDIN_FILENO);
+	  close (to_in_fd);
+	}
+      if (from_out_fd != STDOUT_FILENO)
+	{
+	  dup2 (from_out_fd, STDOUT_FILENO);
+	  close (from_out_fd);
+	}
+
+      /* The cast to (char **) rather than (char * const *) is needed
+	 for portability to older hosts with a nonstandard prototype
+	 for execvp.  */
+      execvp (argv[0], (char **) argv);
+    
+      _exit (errno == ENOENT ? 127 : 126);
+    }
+
+  /* Parent.  */
+  close (to_in_fd);
+  close (from_out_fd);
+  fd[0] = to_out_fd;
+  fd[1] = from_in_fd;
+  return pid;
+}
+
+
+/* Wait for the subprocess to exit.  */
+
+void
+reap_subpipe (pid_t pid, char const *program)
+{
+#if HAVE_WAITPID || defined waitpid
+  int wstatus;
+  if (waitpid (pid, &wstatus, 0) < 0)
+    error (EXIT_FAILURE, errno, "waitpid");
+  else
+    {
+      int status = WIFEXITED (wstatus) ? WEXITSTATUS (wstatus) : -1;
+      if (status)
+	error (EXIT_FAILURE, 0,
+	       _(status == 126
+		 ? "subsidiary program `%s' could not be invoked"
+		 : status == 127
+		 ? "subsidiary program `%s' not found"
+		 : status < 0
+		 ? "subsidiary program `%s' failed"
+		 : "subsidiary program `%s' failed (exit status %d)"),
+	       program, status);
+    }
+#endif
+}

lib/subpipe.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* Subprocesses with pipes.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+   Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert <[email protected]>
+   and Florian Krohm <florian@edamail.fishkill.ibm.com>.  */
+
+void init_subpipe (void);
+pid_t create_subpipe (char const * const *, int[2]);
+void reap_subpipe (pid_t, char const *);

lib/timevar.c

@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>
+
+This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if IN_GCC
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "intl.h"
+#include "rtl.h"
+
+#else
+
+/* This source file is taken from the GCC source code, with slight
+   modifications that are under control of the IN_GCC preprocessor
+   variable.  The !IN_GCC part of this file is specific to Bison.  */
+   
+# include "../src/system.h"
+# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# endif
+int timevar_report = 0;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_CLOCK_T
+typedef int clock_t;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_TMS
+struct tms
+{
+  clock_t tms_utime;
+  clock_t tms_stime;
+  clock_t tms_cutime;
+  clock_t tms_cstime;
+};
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE && !HAVE_DECL_GETRUSAGE
+extern int getrusage PARAMS ((int, struct rusage *));
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_TIMES && !HAVE_DECL_TIMES
+extern clock_t times PARAMS ((struct tms *));
+#endif
+#if defined HAVE_DECL_CLOCK && !HAVE_DECL_CLOCK
+extern clock_t clock PARAMS ((void));
+#endif
+
+#ifndef RUSAGE_SELF
+# define RUSAGE_SELF 0
+#endif
+
+/* Calculation of scale factor to convert ticks to microseconds.
+   We mustn't use CLOCKS_PER_SEC except with clock().  */
+#if HAVE_SYSCONF && defined _SC_CLK_TCK
+# define TICKS_PER_SECOND sysconf (_SC_CLK_TCK) /* POSIX 1003.1-1996 */
+#else
+# ifdef CLK_TCK
+#  define TICKS_PER_SECOND CLK_TCK /* POSIX 1003.1-1988; obsolescent */
+# else
+#  ifdef HZ
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND HZ  /* traditional UNIX */
+#  else
+#   define TICKS_PER_SECOND 100 /* often the correct value */
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Prefer times to getrusage to clock (each gives successively less
+   information).  */
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
+# define USE_TIMES
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+# define HAVE_WALL_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_GETRUSAGE
+# define USE_GETRUSAGE
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+# define HAVE_SYS_TIME
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CLOCK
+# define USE_CLOCK
+# define HAVE_USER_TIME
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* libc is very likely to have snuck a call to sysconf() into one of
+   the underlying constants, and that can be very slow, so we have to
+   precompute them.  Whose wonderful idea was it to make all those
+   _constants_ variable at run time, anyway?  */
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+static float ticks_to_msec;
+#define TICKS_TO_MSEC (1.0 / TICKS_PER_SECOND)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+static float clocks_to_msec;
+#define CLOCKS_TO_MSEC (1.0 / CLOCKS_PER_SEC)
+#endif
+
+#if IN_GCC
+#include "flags.h"
+#endif
+#include "timevar.h"
+
+/* See timevar.h for an explanation of timing variables.  */
+
+/* This macro evaluates to nonzero if timing variables are enabled.  */
+#define TIMEVAR_ENABLE (timevar_report)
+
+/* A timing variable.  */
+
+struct timevar_def
+{
+  /* Elapsed time for this variable.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def elapsed;
+
+  /* If this variable is timed independently of the timing stack,
+     using timevar_start, this contains the start time.  */
+  struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+  /* The name of this timing variable.  */
+  const char *name;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable is running as a standalone
+     timer.  */
+  unsigned standalone : 1;
+
+  /* Non-zero if this timing variable was ever started or pushed onto
+     the timing stack.  */
+  unsigned used : 1;
+};
+
+/* An element on the timing stack.  Elapsed time is attributed to the
+   topmost timing variable on the stack.  */
+
+struct timevar_stack_def
+{
+  /* The timing variable at this stack level.  */
+  struct timevar_def *timevar;
+
+  /* The next lower timing variable context in the stack.  */
+  struct timevar_stack_def *next;
+};
+
+/* Declared timing variables.  Constructed from the contents of
+   timevar.def.  */
+static struct timevar_def timevars[TIMEVAR_LAST];
+
+/* The top of the timing stack.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *stack;
+
+/* A list of unused (i.e. allocated and subsequently popped)
+   timevar_stack_def instances.  */
+static struct timevar_stack_def *unused_stack_instances;
+
+/* The time at which the topmost element on the timing stack was
+   pushed.  Time elapsed since then is attributed to the topmost
+   element.  */
+static struct timevar_time_def start_time;
+
+static void get_time
+  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *));
+static void timevar_accumulate
+  PARAMS ((struct timevar_time_def *, struct timevar_time_def *,
+	   struct timevar_time_def *));
+
+/* Fill the current times into TIME.  The definition of this function
+   also defines any or all of the HAVE_USER_TIME, HAVE_SYS_TIME, and
+   HAVE_WALL_TIME macros.  */
+
+static void
+get_time (now)
+     struct timevar_time_def *now;
+{
+  now->user = 0;
+  now->sys  = 0;
+  now->wall = 0;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  {
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+    struct tms tms;
+    now->wall = times (&tms)  * ticks_to_msec;
+#if IN_GCC
+    now->user = tms.tms_utime * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->sys  = tms.tms_stime * ticks_to_msec;
+#else
+    now->user = (tms.tms_utime + tms.tms_cutime) * ticks_to_msec;
+    now->sys  = (tms.tms_stime + tms.tms_cstime) * ticks_to_msec;
+#endif
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_GETRUSAGE
+    struct rusage rusage;
+#if IN_GCC
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_SELF, &rusage);
+#else
+    getrusage (RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &rusage);
+#endif
+    now->user = rusage.ru_utime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_utime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+    now->sys  = rusage.ru_stime.tv_sec + rusage.ru_stime.tv_usec * 1e-6;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+    now->user = clock () * clocks_to_msec;
+#endif
+  }
+}
+
+/* Add the difference between STOP and START to TIMER.  */
+
+static void
+timevar_accumulate (timer, start, stop)
+     struct timevar_time_def *timer;
+     struct timevar_time_def *start;
+     struct timevar_time_def *stop;
+{
+  timer->user += stop->user - start->user;
+  timer->sys += stop->sys - start->sys;
+  timer->wall += stop->wall - start->wall;
+}
+
+/* Initialize timing variables.  */
+
+void
+init_timevar ()
+{
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Zero all elapsed times.  */
+  memset ((void *) timevars, 0, sizeof (timevars));
+
+  /* Initialize the names of timing variables.  */
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+  timevars[identifier__].name = name__;
+#include "timevar.def"
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+#ifdef USE_TIMES
+  ticks_to_msec = TICKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+#ifdef USE_CLOCK
+  clocks_to_msec = CLOCKS_TO_MSEC;
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Push TIMEVAR onto the timing stack.  No further elapsed time is
+   attributed to the previous topmost timing variable on the stack;
+   subsequent elapsed time is attributed to TIMEVAR, until it is
+   popped or another element is pushed on top.
+
+   TIMEVAR cannot be running as a standalone timer.  */
+
+void
+timevar_push (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_stack_def *context;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Can't push a standalone timer.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* See if we have a previously-allocated stack instance.  If so,
+     take it off the list.  If not, malloc a new one.  */
+  if (unused_stack_instances != NULL)
+    {
+      context = unused_stack_instances;
+      unused_stack_instances = unused_stack_instances->next;
+    }
+  else
+    context = (struct timevar_stack_def *)
+      xmalloc (sizeof (struct timevar_stack_def));
+
+  /* Fill it in and put it on the stack.  */
+  context->timevar = tv;
+  context->next = stack;
+  stack = context;
+}
+
+/* Pop the topmost timing variable element off the timing stack.  The
+   popped variable must be TIMEVAR.  Elapsed time since the that
+   element was pushed on, or since it was last exposed on top of the
+   stack when the element above it was popped off, is credited to that
+   timing variable.  */
+
+void
+timevar_pop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+  struct timevar_stack_def *popped = stack;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  if (&timevars[timevar] != stack->timevar)
+    abort ();
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* Attribute the elapsed time to the element we're popping.  */
+  timevar_accumulate (&popped->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to the
+     element just exposed on the stack.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  /* Take the item off the stack.  */
+  stack = stack->next;
+
+  /* Don't delete the stack element; instead, add it to the list of
+     unused elements for later use.  */
+  popped->next = unused_stack_instances;
+  unused_stack_instances = popped;
+}
+
+/* Start timing TIMEVAR independently of the timing stack.  Elapsed
+   time until timevar_stop is called for the same timing variable is
+   attributed to TIMEVAR.  */
+
+void
+timevar_start (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Mark this timing variable as used.  */
+  tv->used = 1;
+
+  /* Don't allow the same timing variable to be started more than
+     once.  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+  tv->standalone = 1;
+
+  get_time (&tv->start_time);
+}
+
+/* Stop timing TIMEVAR.  Time elapsed since timevar_start was called
+   is attributed to it.  */
+
+void
+timevar_stop (timevar)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* TIMEVAR must have been started via timevar_start.  */
+  if (!tv->standalone)
+    abort ();
+
+  get_time (&now);
+  timevar_accumulate (&tv->elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+}
+
+/* Fill the elapsed time for TIMEVAR into ELAPSED.  Returns
+   update-to-date information even if TIMEVAR is currently running.  */
+
+void
+timevar_get (timevar, elapsed)
+     timevar_id_t timevar;
+     struct timevar_time_def *elapsed;
+{
+  struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[timevar];
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  *elapsed = tv->elapsed;
+
+  /* Is TIMEVAR currently running as a standalone timer?  */
+  if (tv->standalone)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &tv->start_time, &now);
+    }
+  /* Or is TIMEVAR at the top of the timer stack?  */
+  else if (stack->timevar == tv)
+    {
+      get_time (&now);
+      timevar_accumulate (elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Summarize timing variables to FP.  The timing variable TV_TOTAL has
+   a special meaning -- it's considered to be the total elapsed time,
+   for normalizing the others, and is displayed last.  */
+
+void
+timevar_print (fp)
+     FILE *fp;
+{
+  /* Only print stuff if we have some sort of time information.  */
+#if defined (HAVE_USER_TIME) || defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME) || defined (HAVE_WALL_TIME)
+  unsigned int /* timevar_id_t */ id;
+  struct timevar_time_def *total = &timevars[TV_TOTAL].elapsed;
+  struct timevar_time_def now;
+
+  if (!TIMEVAR_ENABLE)
+    return;
+
+  /* Update timing information in case we're calling this from GDB.  */
+
+  if (fp == 0)
+    fp = stderr;
+
+  /* What time is it?  */
+  get_time (&now);
+
+  /* If the stack isn't empty, attribute the current elapsed time to
+     the old topmost element.  */
+  if (stack)
+    timevar_accumulate (&stack->timevar->elapsed, &start_time, &now);
+
+  /* Reset the start time; from now on, time is attributed to
+     TIMEVAR.  */
+  start_time = now;
+
+  fputs (_("\nExecution times (seconds)\n"), fp);
+  for (id = 0; id < (unsigned int) TIMEVAR_LAST; ++id)
+    {
+      struct timevar_def *tv = &timevars[(timevar_id_t) id];
+      const float tiny = 5e-3;
+
+      /* Don't print the total execution time here; that goes at the
+	 end.  */
+      if ((timevar_id_t) id == TV_TOTAL)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables that were never used.  */
+      if (!tv->used)
+	continue;
+
+      /* Don't print timing variables if we're going to get a row of
+         zeroes.  */
+      if (tv->elapsed.user < tiny
+	  && tv->elapsed.sys < tiny
+	  && tv->elapsed.wall < tiny)
+	continue;
+
+      /* The timing variable name.  */
+      fprintf (fp, " %-22s:", tv->name);
+
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+      /* Print user-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) usr",
+	       tv->elapsed.user,
+	       (total->user == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.user / total->user) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_USER_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+      /* Print system-mode time for this process.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) sys",
+	       tv->elapsed.sys,
+	       (total->sys == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.sys / total->sys) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+      /* Print wall clock time elapsed.  */
+      fprintf (fp, "%7.2f (%2.0f%%) wall",
+	       tv->elapsed.wall,
+	       (total->wall == 0 ? 0 : tv->elapsed.wall / total->wall) * 100);
+#endif /* HAVE_WALL_TIME */
+
+      putc ('\n', fp);
+    }
+
+  /* Print total time.  */
+  fputs (_(" TOTAL                 :"), fp);
+#ifdef HAVE_USER_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->user);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f          ", total->sys);
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WALL_TIME
+  fprintf (fp, "%7.2f\n", total->wall);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* defined (HAVE_USER_TIME) || defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME)
+	  || defined (HAVE_WALL_TIME) */
+}
+
+/* Returns time (user + system) used so far by the compiler process,
+   in microseconds.  */
+
+long
+get_run_time ()
+{
+  struct timevar_time_def total_elapsed;
+  timevar_get (TV_TOTAL, &total_elapsed);
+  return total_elapsed.user + total_elapsed.sys;
+}
+
+/* Prints a message to stderr stating that time elapsed in STR is
+   TOTAL (given in microseconds).  */
+
+void
+print_time (str, total)
+     const char *str;
+     long total;
+{
+  long all_time = get_run_time ();
+  fprintf (stderr,
+	   _("time in %s: %ld.%06ld (%ld%%)\n"),
+	   str, total / 1000000, total % 1000000,
+	   all_time == 0 ? 0
+	   : (long) (((100.0 * (double) total) / (double) all_time) + .5));
+}

lib/timevar.def

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* This file contains the definitions for timing variables used to -*- C -*-
+   measure run-time performance of the compiler.
+   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Akim Demaille <akim@freefriends.org>.
+
+   This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+   Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
+   the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* This file contains timing variable definitions, used by timevar.h
+   and timevar.c.
+
+   Syntax:
+
+     DEFTIMEVAR (id, name)
+
+   where ID is the enumeral value used to identify the timing
+   variable, and NAME is a character string describing its purpose.  */
+
+/* The total execution time.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_TOTAL                 , "total time")
+
+/* Time spent in the reader.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_READER                , "reader")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SCANNING              , "scanner")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSING               , "parser")
+
+/* Time spent handling the grammar.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REDUCE                , "reducing the grammar")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_SETS                  , "computing the sets")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LR0                   , "LR(0)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_LALR                  , "LALR(1)")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_CONFLICTS             , "conflicts")
+
+/* Time spent outputing results.  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_REPORT                , "outputing report")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_GRAPH                 , "outputing graph")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_ACTIONS               , "parser action tables")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_PARSER                , "outputing parser")
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_M4                    , "running m4")
+
+/* Time spent by freeing the memory :).  */
+DEFTIMEVAR (TV_FREE                  , "freeing")

lib/timevar.h

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* Timing variables for measuring compiler performance.
+   Copyright (C) 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Alex Samuel <samuel@codesourcery.com>
+
+   This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
+
+   Bison is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   Bison is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+   ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+   or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public
+   License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Bison; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+#define GCC_TIMEVAR_H
+
+/* Timing variables are used to measure elapsed time in various
+   portions of the compiler.  Each measures elapsed user, system, and
+   wall-clock time, as appropriate to and supported by the host
+   system.
+
+   Timing variables are defined using the DEFTIMEVAR macro in
+   timevar.def.  Each has an enumeral identifier, used when referring
+   to the timing variable in code, and a character string name.
+
+   Timing variables can be used in two ways:
+
+     - On the timing stack, using timevar_push and timevar_pop.
+       Timing variables may be pushed onto the stack; elapsed time is
+       attributed to the topmost timing variable on the stack.  When
+       another variable is pushed on, the previous topmost variable is
+       `paused' until the pushed variable is popped back off.
+
+     - As a standalone timer, using timevar_start and timevar_stop.
+       All time elapsed between the two calls is attributed to the
+       variable.
+*/
+
+/* This structure stores the various varieties of time that can be
+   measured.  Times are stored in seconds.  The time may be an
+   absolute time or a time difference; in the former case, the time
+   base is undefined, except that the difference between two times
+   produces a valid time difference.  */
+
+struct timevar_time_def
+{
+  /* User time in this process.  */
+  float user;
+
+  /* System time (if applicable for this host platform) in this
+     process.  */
+  float sys;
+
+  /* Wall clock time.  */
+  float wall;
+};
+
+/* An enumeration of timing variable identifiers.  Constructed from
+   the contents of timevar.def.  */
+
+#define DEFTIMEVAR(identifier__, name__) \
+    identifier__,
+typedef enum
+{
+#include "timevar.def"
+  TIMEVAR_LAST
+}
+timevar_id_t;
+#undef DEFTIMEVAR
+
+extern void init_timevar PARAMS ((void));
+extern void timevar_push PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_pop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_start PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_stop PARAMS ((timevar_id_t));
+extern void timevar_get PARAMS ((timevar_id_t, struct timevar_time_def *));
+extern void timevar_print PARAMS ((FILE *));
+
+/* Provided for backward compatibility.  */
+extern long get_run_time PARAMS ((void));
+extern void print_time PARAMS ((const char *, long));
+
+extern int timevar_report;
+
+#endif /* ! GCC_TIMEVAR_H */